☒ | REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 | |
☐ | Pre-Effective Amendment No. | |
☒ | Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 | |
and | ||
☒ | REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 | |
☒ | Amendment No. 6 |
Joel D. Corriero | Eric F. Fess | |
Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP 2005 Market Street Suite 2600 Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103 |
Chapman and Cutler LLP 111 W. Monroe Chicago, Illinois 60603 |
The following boxes should only be included and completed if the registrant is making this filing in accordance with Rule 486 under the Securities Act. |
☒ | immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) | ☐ | 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) | |||
☐ | on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b) | ☐ | on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a) |
Class I | Class A1 | Class A2 | ||||
Nuveen Enhanced High Yield Municipal Bond Fund | NMSSX | NHYEX | NHYAX |
∎ | The Fund’s Common Shares are not listed for trading on any national securities exchange. The Fund’s Common Shares have no trading market and no market is expected to develop. |
∎ | An investment in the Fund is not suitable for investors who need certainty about their ability to access all of the money they invest in the short term. |
∎ | Even though the Fund makes periodic repurchase offers for its outstanding Common Shares, subject to the limitations described herein, investors should consider Common Shares of the Fund to be an illiquid investment. |
∎ | There is no guarantee that you will be able to sell your Common Shares at any given time or in the quantity that you desire. |
∎ | There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to make any distributions or maintain a certain level of distributions to Common Shareholders. |
• | of issuers that are in default of its obligations or in an active work-out, or are in bankruptcy; or |
• | that are otherwise determined by Nuveen Asset Management to be facing distressed financial or operating circumstances. |
• | The Fund will invest at least 80% of its Assets (as defined below) in municipal securities and other related investments, the income from which is exempt from regular U.S. federal income tax; |
• | The Fund will invest at least 75% of its net assets in low‑ to medium-quality municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are rated BBB/Baa or lower or are unrated but judged by Nuveen Asset Management to be of comparable quality; |
• | The Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in special situations municipal securities; |
• | The Fund will invest no more than 10% of its Managed Assets in any one issuer; |
• | The Fund will not invest in common equity securities. This policy does not apply to shares of other investment companies or to common equity securities acquired in connection with a work‑out of an issuer of a debt security as discussed below; and |
• | The Fund has no limitation as to the maturity or duration of the municipal securities in which it will invest. |
• | If the Fund has a need for cash and the securities in a special purpose trust are not actively traded due to adverse market conditions; |
• | If special purpose trust sponsors (as a collective group or individually) experience financial hardship and consequently seek to terminate their respective outstanding special purpose trusts; and |
• | If the value of an underlying security declines significantly and if additional collateral has not been posted by the Fund. |
Class I | Class A1 | Class A2 | ||||||||||
Maximum Initial Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) |
None | (1) | 2.50% | None | (1) | |||||||
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) (as a percentage of offering price or repurchase proceeds, whichever is lower) |
None | 1.50% | (2) | None | ||||||||
Dividend Reinvestment Fees | None | None | None | |||||||||
Repurchase Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed) |
2.00% | (3) | 2.00% | (3) | 2.00% | (3) |
(1) | While neither the Fund nor the Distributor impose an initial sales charge on Class I Common Shares or Class A2 Common Shares, if you buy Class I Common Shares or Class A2 Common Shares through certain financial firms, they may directly charge you transaction or other fees in such amount as they may determine. Please consult your financial firm for additional information. |
(2) | A contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1.50% may be assessed on Class A1 Common Shares purchased without a sales charge if they are repurchased before the first day of the month of the one‑year anniversary of the purchase. |
(3) | The Fund does not currently charge a repurchase fee; however, the Fund may, in the future, impose repurchase fees of up to 2.00% on Common Shares accepted for repurchase that have been held for less than one year. |
Annual Expenses | ||||||||||||
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment): | ||||||||||||
Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares(1) |
||||||||||||
Class I | Class A1 | Class A2 | ||||||||||
Management Fees(2) | 1.36% | 1.36% | 1.36% | |||||||||
Distribution and Service (12b‑1) Fees | 0.75% | 0.50% | ||||||||||
Interest and Other Related Expenses(3) | 1.79% | 1.79% | 1.79% | |||||||||
Other Expenses(4) | 0.66% | 0.66% | 0.66% | |||||||||
Total Annual Expenses | 3.81% | 4.56% | 4.31% | |||||||||
Fees Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursements(5) | (0.52)% | (0.52)% | (0.52)% | |||||||||
Total Annual Expenses After Fee Waivers and Expense Reimbursements | 3.29% | 4.04% | 3.79% |
(1) | Restated to reflect current operating levels as percentages of net assets attributable to Common Shares as of July 13, 2023. |
(2) | The “Management Fees” shown in the fee table are higher than the contractual management fee rates because the “Management Fees” in the table are calculated as a percentage of the Fund’s net assets applicable to Common Shares, rather than the Fund’s Managed Assets. Managed Assets includes assets attributable to leverage. The management fee consists of a fund-level fee and complex-level fee. Restated to reflect current operating levels as of July 13, 2023, the annualized Fund-level fee was 0.7907% of Managed Assets or 1.1285% of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares and the annualized complex-level fee was 0.1595% of Managed Assets or 0.2276% of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares. See “Management of the Fund—Investment Management and Sub-Advisory Agreements” for a complete discussion of how the Management Fee is calculated. |
(3) | Interest and Other Related Expenses have been restated and annualized to reflect incremental leverage incurred by the Fund after its fiscal year end. Interest and Other Related Expenses are estimated to reflect actual leverage outstanding as of July 13, 2023 and estimated interest and associated costs. Actual Interest and Other Related Expenses incurred in the future may be higher or lower. If short-term market interest rates rise in the future, and if the Fund continues to maintain leverage the cost of which is tied to short-term interest rates, the Fund’s interest expenses on its borrowings can be expected to rise in tandem. The Fund’s use of leverage will increase the amount of management fees paid to Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management. |
(4) | Other Expenses are estimated for the current fiscal year based on the Fund’s fees and expenses for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023. Expenses attributable to the Fund’s investments, if any, in other investment companies are currently estimated not to exceed 0.01%. See “Portfolio Composition and Other Information—Other Investment Companies” in the SAI. |
(5) | Nuveen Fund Advisors has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses through July 31, 2025, so that the total annual operating expenses of the Fund (excluding any distribution and/or service fees that may be applicable to a particular class of shares, issuance and dividend costs of Preferred Shares that may be issued by the Fund, interest expenses, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses, fees incurred in acquiring and disposing of portfolio securities, litigation expenses and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 1.05% of the average daily Managed Assets of any class of Fund shares. This expense limitation may be terminated or modified prior to that date only with the approval of the Board of Trustees. |
Class I Common Shares |
Class A1 Common Shares |
Class A2 Common Shares |
||||||||||
1 Year | $ | 33 | $ | 65 | $ | 38 | ||||||
3 Years | $ | 107 | $ | 150 | $ | 121 | ||||||
5 Years | $ | 187 | $ | 241 | $ | 211 | ||||||
10 Years | $ | 398 | $ | 474 | $ | 440 |
(1) | The example above should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. The example assumes that the estimated Dividend Cost on Preferred Shares and Other Expenses set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate, that the Annual Expenses (as described above) remain the same during the first year. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% annual return shown in the example. |
Class (Commencement Date) |
Investment Operations | Less Distributions to Common Shareholders |
Common Share Supplemental Data/ Ratios Applicable to Common Shares |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended March 31: |
Beginning Common Share NAV |
Net Investment Income (Loss)(a) |
Net Realized/ Unrealized Gain (Loss) |
Total | From Net Investment Income |
From Accumulated Net Realized Gains |
Total | Ending Common Share NAV |
Common Share Total Return(b) |
Ending Net Assets (000) |
Ratios of Expenses to Average Net Assets(c)(d) |
Ratios of Net Investment Income (Loss) to Average Net Assets(d) |
Portfolio Turnover Rate(e) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Class A1(f) | |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2023 | $8.54 | $0.41 | $(1.32) | $(0.91) | $(0.38) | $— | $(0.38) | $7.25 | (10.70)% | $48,252 | 3.48% | 5.49% | 46% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022(g) | 10.00 | 0.31 | (1.59) | (1.28) | (0.18) | — | (0.18) | 8.54 | (13.00) | 13,849 | 2.58 | (h) | 4.43 | (h) | 88 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Class A2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2023(i) | 8.08 | 0.29 | (0.84) | (0.55) | (0.27) | — | (0.27) | 7.26 | (6.71) | 26,007 | 3.03 | (h) | 5.94 | (h) | 46 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Class I | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2023 | 8.54 | 0.47 | (1.32) | (0.85) | (0.44) | — | (0.44) | 7.25 | (9.99) | 54,680 | 2.77 | 6.28 | 46 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022(g) | 10.00 | 0.30 | (1.54) | (1.24) | (0.22) | — | (0.22) | 8.54 | (12.59) | 46,795 | 1.72 | (h) | 4.18 | (h) | 88 |
(a) | Based on average common shares outstanding. |
(b) | Total return is the combination of changes in NAV without any sales charge, reinvested dividend income at NAV and reinvested capital gains distributions at NAV, if any. Total returns are not annualized. |
(c) | The expense ratios reflect, among other things, the interest expense deemed to have been paid by the Fund on the floating rate certificates issued by the special purpose trusts for the self-deposited inverse floaters held by the Fund and the interest expense and fees paid on borrowings, where applicable. Each Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets includes interest and related expenses for each share class as follows: |
Interest and Related Expenses |
||||
Year Ended March 31: | ||||
2023 | 1.22% | |||
2022(g) | 0.29 | (h) |
(d) | After fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement from Nuveen Fund Advisors, where applicable. |
(e) | Portfolio Turnover Rate is calculated based on the lesser of long-term purchases or sales divided by the average long-term market value during the period. |
(f) | Class A Shares were renamed to Class A1 Shares on July 29, 2022. |
(g) | For the period June 30, 2021 (commencement of operations) through March 31, 2022. |
(h) | Annualized. |
(i) | For the period July 29, 2022 (commencement of operations) through March 31, 2023. |
(j) | Aggregate Amount Outstanding: Aggregate amount outstanding represents the principal amount outstanding or liquidation preference as of the end of the relevant fiscal year. |
(k) | Asset Coverage Per $1,000: Asset coverage per $1,000 of debt is calculated by subtracting the Fund’s liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities from the Fund’s total assets, dividing the results by the aggregate amount of the Fund’s senior securities representing indebtedness then outstanding (if applicable), plus the aggregate of the involuntary liquidation preference of the outstanding preferred shares, if applicable, and multiplying the result by 1,000. |
(l) | Asset Coverage Per $100,000: Asset coverage per $100,000 is calculated by subtracting the Fund’s liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities from the Fund’s total assets, dividing the result by the aggregate amount of the Fund’s senior securities representing indebtedness then outstanding (if applicable), plus the aggregate of the involuntary liquidation preference of the outstanding preferred shares, if applicable, and multiplying the result by 100,000. |
Borrowings at the End of the Period |
MFP Shares at the End of the Period |
|||||||||||||||
Aggregate Amount Outstanding (000)(j) |
Asset Coverage Per $1,000(k) |
Aggregate Amount Outstanding (000)(j) |
Asset Coverage Per $100,000(l) |
|||||||||||||
2023 | $— | $— | $27,500 | $568,873 | ||||||||||||
2022(g) | 20,000 | 4,032 | — | — |
• | of issuers that are in default of its obligations or in an active work-out, or are in bankruptcy; or |
• | that are otherwise determined by Nuveen Asset Management to be facing distressed financial or operating circumstances. |
• | The Fund will invest at least 80% of its Assets (as defined below) in municipal securities and other related investments, the income from which is exempt from regular U.S. federal income tax; |
• | The Fund will invest at least 75% of its net assets in low- to medium-quality municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are rated BBB/Baa or lower or are unrated but judged by Nuveen Asset Management to be of comparable quality; |
• | The Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in special situations municipal securities; |
• | The Fund will invest no more than 10% of its Managed Assets in any one issuer; |
• | The Fund will not invest in common equity securities. This policy does not apply to shares of other investment companies or to common equity securities acquired in connection with a work-out of an issuer of a debt security as discussed below; and |
• | The Fund has no limitation as to the maturity or duration of the municipal securities in which it will invest. |
• | of issuers that are in default of its obligations or in an active work-out, or are in bankruptcy; or |
• | that are otherwise determined by Nuveen Asset Management to be facing distressed financial or operating circumstances. |
Estimated Leverage as a Percentage of Managed Assets (Including Assets Attributable to Leverage) | 26.21% | |||
Estimated Annual Effective Leverage Expense Rate Payable by Fund on Leverage | 3.14% | |||
Annual Return Fund Portfolio Must Experience (net of expenses) to Cover Estimated Annual Effective Interest Expense Rate on Leverage | 0.82% | |||
Common Share Total Return for (10.00)% Assumed Portfolio Total Return | -14.67% | |||
Common Share Total Return for (5.00)% Assumed Portfolio Total Return | -7.89% | |||
Common Share Total Return for 0.00% Assumed Portfolio Total Return | -1.12% | |||
Common Share Total Return for 5.00% Assumed Portfolio Total Return | 5.66% | |||
Common Share Total Return for 10.00% Assumed Portfolio Total Return |
12.44% |
• | increased price sensitivity resulting from a deteriorating economic environment and changing interest rates; |
• | greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality; |
• | adverse issuer specific events that are more likely to render the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments; and |
• | the possibility that a negative perception of the below investment grade market develops, resulting in the price and liquidity of below investment grade securities becoming depressed, and this negative perception could last for a significant period of time. |
• | If the Fund has a need for cash and the securities in a special purpose trust are not actively traded due to adverse market conditions; |
• | If special purpose trust sponsors (as a collective group or individually) experience financial hardship and consequently seek to terminate their respective outstanding special purpose trusts; and |
• | If the value of an underlying security declines significantly and if additional collateral has not been posted by the Fund. |
Fund-Level Average Daily Managed Assets | Fund‑Level Fee Rate | |
For the first $125 million | 0.8000% | |
For the next $125 million | 0.7875% | |
For the next $250 million | 0.7750% | |
For the next $500 million | 0.7625% | |
For the next $1 billion | 0.7500% | |
For the next $3 billion | 0.7250% | |
For Managed Assets over $5 billion | 0.7125% |
Complex-Level Asset Breakpoint Level* | Effective Rate At Breakpoint Level | |
$55 billion | 0.2000% | |
$56 billion | 0.1996% | |
$57 billion | 0.1989% | |
$60 billion | 0.1961% | |
$63 billion | 0.1931% | |
$66 billion | 0.1900% | |
$71 billion | 0.1851% | |
$76 billion | 0.1806% | |
$80 billion | 0.1773% | |
$91 billion | 0.1691% | |
$125 billion | 0.1599% | |
$200 billion | 0.1505% | |
$250 billion | 0.1469% | |
$300 billion | 0.1445% |
* | The complex-level fee is calculated based upon the aggregate daily “eligible assets” of all Nuveen open-end and closed-end funds. Eligible assets do not include assets attributable to investments in other Nuveen funds or assets in excess of a determined amount (originally $2 billion) added to the Nuveen fund complex in connection with Nuveen Fund Advisors’s assumption of the management of the former First American Funds effective January 1, 2011, but do include certain assets of certain Nuveen funds that were reorganized into funds advised by an affiliate of Nuveen Fund Advisors during the 2019 calendar year. Eligible assets include closed-end fund assets managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors that are attributable to certain types of leverage. For these purposes, leverage includes the closed-end funds’ use of preferred stock and borrowings and certain investments in the residual interest certificates (also called inverse floating rate securities) in tender option bond (TOB) trusts, including the portion of assets held by the TOB trust that has been effectively financed by the trust’s issuance of floating rate securities, subject to an agreement by Nuveen Fund Advisors as to certain funds to limit the amount of such assets for determining eligible assets in certain circumstances. As of June 30, 2023, the complex-level fee rate was 0.1595%. |
Title of Class | Authorized Amount |
Amount Held by the Fund or for its Account |
Amount Outstanding | |||
Class I Common Shares | Unlimited | 0 | 15,466,940 | |||
Class A1 Common Shares | Unlimited | 0 | 7,510,725 | |||
Class A2 Common Shares | Unlimited | 0 | 4,851,877 |
Title of Class | Authorized Amount |
Amount Held by the Fund or for its Account |
Amount Outstanding | |||
Series A MFP Shares |
Unlimited |
0 | 545 | |||
Series B MFP Shares | Unlimited | 0 | 350 |
• | provide that before bringing a derivative action, a shareholder or, if brought in the right of or name of or on behalf of a class of shareholders (the “affected Class”), the affected Class, must make a written demand to the Fund; |
• | establish a 90 day review period, subject to extension in certain circumstances, for the Board of Trustees to evaluate the shareholder’s demand; |
• | establish a mechanism for the Board of Trustees to submit the question of whether to maintain a derivative action to a vote of shareholders or the affected Class, as appropriate; |
• | provide that if the Fund does not notify the requesting shareholder of the rejection of the demand within the applicable review period, the shareholder may commence a derivative action; |
• | establish bases upon which a trustee will not be considered to be not independent for purposes of evaluating a derivative demand; and |
• | provide that if the trustees who are independent for purposes of considering a shareholder demand determine in good faith within the applicable review period that the maintenance of a derivative action is not in the best interest of the Fund, the shareholder shall not be permitted to maintain a derivative action unless he or she first sustains the burden of proof to the court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the Fund. |
Initial Investment |
Subsequent Investments | |
$100,000 per account | None |
Initial Investment |
Subsequent Investments | |
$2,500 per account | $100 |
Initial Investment |
Subsequent Investments | |
$2,500 per account | $100 |
• | Additional Investments. You may make additional purchases of Fund Commons Shares by contacting your investment professional or financial intermediary. If you have direct account privileges with the Fund, you may make additional purchases by sending a mailing as outlined above. You may obtain a Subscription Request Form online at nuveen.com or by calling (833) 688-3368. If you invest through a broker-dealer, contact your financial firm for information on purchasing additional Class I Common Shares. |
• | Other Purchase Information. Purchases of Class I Common Shares will be made in full and fractional shares. |
1. | Shares acquired by reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions (always free of a CDSC); |
2. | Shares held for one year or more; and |
3. | Shares held before the first anniversary of their purchase. |
• | Rights of Accumulation – When purchasing Class A1 Common Shares of the Fund, a Purchaser (as defined below) may combine the value of shares of any Eligible Fund currently owned with a new purchase of Class A1 Common Shares of the Fund in order to reduce the sales charge on the new purchase. |
• | Letter of Intention – In order to reduce your Class A1 Common Shares front-end sales charge, when purchasing Class A1 Common Shares of the Fund, a Purchaser may combine purchases of shares of any Eligible Fund the Purchaser intends to make over the next 13 months in determining the applicable sales charge. The 13-month Letter of Intention period commences on the day that the Letter of Intention is received by the Fund, and the Purchaser must tell the Fund that later purchases are subject to the Letter of Intention. Purchases submitted prior to the date the Letter of Intention is received by the Fund are not counted toward the sales charge reduction. Current holdings under Rights of Accumulation may be included in a Letter of Intention in order to reduce the sales charge for purchases during the 13-month period covered by the Letter of Intention. Class A1 Common Shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends or distributions are not included. |
Class A1 Common Shares valued at 5% of the amount of intended purchases are escrowed and may be redeemed to cover the additional sales charges payable if the intended purchases under the Letter of Intention are not completed. The Letter of Intention is neither a binding obligation on you to buy, nor on the Fund to sell, any or all of the intended purchase amount. |
• | purchases of $250,000 or more (may be subject to a CDSC); and |
• | purchases by employees of any consenting securities dealer having a sales agreement with Nuveen Distributor. |
• | Transfers of Nuveen Fund Shares from an IRA or other qualified retirement plan account to a taxable account in connection with a required minimum distribution; or |
• | Transfers of Nuveen Fund Shares held in a taxable account to an IRA or other qualified retirement plan account for the purpose of making a contribution to the IRA or other qualified retirement plan account. |
Fee | Class A1 Common Shares(1) | Class A2 Common Shares | Class I Common Shares | |||||||||
Service | 0.25 | % | 0.25 | % | — | |||||||
Distribution | 0.50 | % | 0.25 | % | — |
(1) | For purchases of Class A1 Common Shares without a front-end sales charge and for which Nuveen Distributor pays distribution-related compensation, the service and distribution payments shall commence 12 months after purchase. |
Class A1 Common Share Investments | Front‑End Sales Charge* | Dealer’s Concession | ||||||
Over $250,000 | None | 1.50 | % |
* | Class A1 Common Shares purchased without a sales charge will be subject to a 1.50% CDSC if they are redeemed before the first day of the month in which the one-year anniversary of the purchase falls. |
• | establishing and maintaining individual accounts and records; |
• | providing client account statements; and |
• | providing 1099 forms and other tax statements. |
• | The percentage of outstanding Common Shares that the Fund is offering to repurchase and how the Fund will purchase Common Shares on a pro rata basis if the offer is oversubscribed. |
• | The date on which a Common Shareholder’s repurchase request is due. |
• | The date that will be used to determine the Fund’s NAV applicable to the repurchase offer (the “Repurchase Pricing Date”). |
• | The date by which the Fund will pay to Common Shareholders the proceeds from their Common Shares accepted for repurchase. |
• | The NAV of the Common Shares as of a date no more than seven days before the date of the written notice and the means by which shareholders may ascertain the NAV. |
• | The procedures by which Common Shareholders may tender their Common Shares and the right of shareholders to withdraw or modify their tenders before the Repurchase Request Deadline. |
• | The circumstances in which the Fund may suspend or postpone the repurchase offer. |
NUVEEN ENHANCED HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Nuveen Enhanced High Yield Municipal Bond Fund (the “Fund”) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that continuously offers its shares (the “Common Shares”) and is operated as an “interval fund.” The Fund currently offers three classes of Common Shares: Class I Common Shares, Class A1 Common Shares and Class A2 Common Shares. The Fund may offer additional classes of Common Shares in the future. The Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2021.
This Statement of Additional Information relating to Common Shares does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus relating thereto dated July 28, 2023 (the “Prospectus”). In this Statement of Additional Information, holders of Common Shares are referred to as “Common Shareholders.” This Statement of Additional Information does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing Common Shares. Investors should obtain and read the Fund’s Prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the Fund’s Prospectus, annual and semi-annual reports and additional information about the Fund may be obtained without charge by calling (800) 257-8787, by writing to the Fund at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606 or from the Fund’s website (http://www.nuveen.com). The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, the Fund’s website is not part of the Fund’s Prospectus or this Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”). In addition, the Fund’s audited financial statements and the independent registered public accounting firm’s report thereon included in the Fund’s annual report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 are incorporated into this SAI by reference. You may also obtain a copy of the Fund’s Prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
2 | ||||
5 | ||||
9 | ||||
11 | ||||
25 | ||||
50 | ||||
52 | ||||
57 | ||||
57 | ||||
59 | ||||
61 | ||||
62 | ||||
63 | ||||
64 | ||||
71 | ||||
71 | ||||
72 | ||||
72 | ||||
A-1 | ||||
B-1 |
This Statement of Additional Information is dated July 28, 2023
1
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
The Fund’s primary investment objective is to provide a high level of current income exempt from regular U.S. federal income tax. Capital appreciation is a secondary investment objective when consistent with the Fund’s primary investment objective. The Fund’s investment objectives may be changed by the Board of Trustees upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.
Fund Strategies
The Fund’s portfolio is actively managed to identify and capitalize on high yield municipal securities. Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, the Fund’s subadviser (“Nuveen Asset Management”), uses a research-driven approach that seeks attractive income exempt from regular U.S. federal income taxes by identifying and capitalizing on opportunities in high yield municipal securities. The Fund invests in below investment grade bonds that Nuveen Asset Management believes may offer the potential for attractive total returns, even after taking into account the significant risk (relative to higher quality securities) that these securities typically present.
The Fund may also invest in special situations municipal securities that Nuveen Asset Management believes may offer the potential for attractive total returns, even after taking into account the significant risk (relative to higher quality securities) that these securities typically present. Special situations municipal securities may offer illiquidity and complexity premiums, which may create significant investment opportunity for the Fund.
The Fund may also use certain hedging techniques to reduce exposure of the portfolio to adverse business or market conditions. See “—Other Policies” below and “Risks—Portfolio Level Risks—Hedging Risk” in the Prospectus.
As an “interval fund”, the Fund provides Common Shareholders periodic liquidity. See “Periodic Repurchase Offers” in the Prospectus. Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, the Fund’s investment adviser (“Nuveen Fund Advisors”), believes the Fund’s “interval fund” structure may provide greater income and total return potential as compared to a traditional high yield municipal mutual fund. Without the potential disruption of outflows from daily liquidity, Nuveen Asset Management may capture illiquidity premiums often unavailable to individual retail investors through more liquid investment vehicles such as mutual funds. In addition, Nuveen Fund Advisors believes that the Fund’s interval structure allows more flexibility to assume larger position sizes; enables a greater allocation to less-illiquid municipal securities; and provides the Fund the opportunity to realize the maximum long-term value of certain special situations within the municipal market such as work-outs (a privately negotiated, mutual agreement between the Fund and the issuer or another party with respect to securities in default or involved in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings).
Portfolio Contents
The Fund invests its assets in a portfolio of municipal securities. Municipal securities include municipal bonds, notes, securities issued to finance and refinance public projects, certificates of participation, variable rate demand obligations, lease obligations, municipal notes, pre-refunded municipal bonds, private activity bonds, securities issued by tender option bond trusts, including inverse floating rate securities, and other forms of municipal bonds and securities, and other related instruments that create exposure to municipal bonds, notes and securities that provide for the payment of interest income that is exempt from regular U.S. federal income tax.
Municipal securities are debt obligations generally issued by states, cities and local authorities and certain possessions and territories of the United States (such as Puerto Rico and Guam) to finance or refinance public purpose projects such as roads, schools, and water supply systems. Municipal securities may also be
2
issued to finance and refinance privately owned facilities, such as housing, medical and educational construction, or for privately owned transportation, electric utility and pollution control projects deemed to serve a public purpose. Municipal securities may be issued on a long-term basis to provide long-term financing. The repayment of such debt may be secured generally by a pledge of the full faith and credit taxing power of the issuer, a limited or special tax, or any other revenue source, including project revenues, which may include tolls, fees and other user charges, lease payments and mortgage payments. Municipal securities may also be issued to finance projects on a short-term interim basis, anticipating repayment with the proceeds of long-term debt. Municipal securities may be issued and purchased in the form of bonds, notes, leases or certificates of participation; structured as callable or non-callable; with payment forms including fixed coupon, variable rate, zero coupon, capital appreciation bonds or inverse floating rate securities; or acquired through investments in pooled vehicles, partnerships or other investment companies. Inverse floating rate securities are securities that pay interest at rates that vary inversely with changes in prevailing short-term tax exempt interest rates and represent a leveraged investment in an underlying municipal security, which may increase the leverage of the Fund. The market value of a municipal security will generally depend upon its form, maturity, call features and interest rate, as well as the credit quality or credit rating of the issuer, all such factors examined in the context of the municipal securities market and interest rate levels and trends.
The Fund may invest in special situations municipal securities. Special situations municipal securities are municipal securities:
• | of issuers that are in default of its obligations or in an active work-out, or are in bankruptcy; or |
• | that are otherwise determined by Nuveen Asset Management to be facing distressed financial or operating circumstances. |
The portion of the Fund’s assets invested in special situations municipal securities may fluctuate significantly over time according to the availability of attractive special situations municipal securities opportunities. See “Risks—Portfolio Level Risks—Special Situations Municipal Securities Risk” in the Prospectus.
See “Portfolio Composition and Other Information” for additional information on the types of securities in which the Fund may invest.
The Fund also may invest in certain derivative instruments in pursuit of its investment objectives. Such instruments include financial futures contracts, swap contracts (including interest rate and credit default swaps), options on financial futures, options on swap contracts, or other derivative instruments. See “Leverage” and “Risks—Portfolio Level Risks—Derivatives Risk” in the Prospectus. Nuveen Asset Management may use derivative instruments to attempt to hedge some of the risk of the Fund’s investments or as a substitute for a position in the underlying asset. See “Portfolio Composition and Other Information—Derivatives” in the Prospectus.
Investment Policies
Under normal circumstances the Fund will invest subject to the following policies:
• | The Fund will invest at least 80% of its Assets (as defined below) in municipal securities and other related investments, the income from which is exempt from regular U.S. federal income tax; |
• | The Fund will invest at least 75% of its net assets in low- to medium-quality municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are rated BBB/Baa or lower or are unrated but judged by Nuveen Asset Management to be of comparable quality; |
• | The Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in special situations municipal securities; |
3
• | The Fund will invest no more than 10% of its Managed Assets in any one issuer; |
• | The Fund will not invest in common equity securities. This policy does not apply to shares of other investment companies or to common equity securities acquired in connection with a work-out of an issuer of a debt security as discussed below; and |
• | The Fund has no limitation as to the maturity or duration of the municipal securities in which it will invest. |
The foregoing policies are considered to apply only at the time of investment and will not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of an acquisition of securities.
“Assets” means net assets of the Fund plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, minus the sum of its accrued liabilities (other than Fund liabilities incurred for the express purpose of creating leverage). Total assets for this purpose shall include assets attributable to the Fund’s use of leverage (whether or not those assets are reflected in the Fund’s financial statements for purposes of generally accepted accounting principles), and derivatives will be valued at their market value.
Low-to medium-quality municipal securities include below investment grade securities (or “junk bonds”). Below investment grade securities are generally securities rated BB+/Ba1 or lower at the time of investment and are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest or dividends and repay principal, which implies higher price volatility and default risk than investment grade instruments of comparable terms and duration. For purposes of the investment limitations in this prospectus, a security’s rating is determined using the lowest rating of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, if rated by at least two of these three NRSROs. If only one of those NRSROs provides a rating, that rating is used. If a security is not rated by any NRSRO, the rating determined by Nuveen Asset Management to be of comparable quality is used. The portion of the Fund’s assets invested in low-to medium-quality municipal securities may vary over time, and may fluctuate significantly over time, over the minimum of 75% described above.
While investments in special situations municipal securities may be a component of the Fund’s investment strategy in pursuit of its investment objectives, the ability of the Fund to invest in special situation municipal securities may be limited by the availability of attractive opportunities in the market. The portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in such securities, if any, may fluctuate significantly over time up to the 25% limit described above.
Nuveen Asset Management may determine that it is in the best interest of shareholders to pursue a work-out arrangement (i.e., a privately negotiated, mutual agreement between the Fund and the issuer or another party) with respect to a defaulted security, which may involve making loans to the issuer or another party, or purchasing an equity or other interest from the issuer or another party, or other related or similar steps involving the investment of additional monies.
The Fund may enter into certain derivative transactions as a hedging technique to protect against potential adverse changes in the market value of portfolio securities. The Fund also may use derivatives to attempt to protect the NAV of the Fund, to facilitate the sale of certain portfolio securities, to manage the Fund’s effective interest rate exposure, and as a temporary substitute for purchasing or selling particular instruments. From time to time, the Fund also may enter into derivative transactions to create investment exposure to the extent such transactions may facilitate implementation of its strategy more efficiently than through outright purchases or sales of portfolio securities.
4
For temporary defensive purposes, during periods of high cash inflows or outflows, or during a Repurchase Offer Period, the Fund may depart from its principal investment strategies and invest up to 100% of its Managed Assets in cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality short-term debt securities. During such periods, the Fund may not be able to achieve its investment objectives. The Fund may adopt a defensive strategy when Nuveen Asset Management believes the instruments in which the Fund normally invests have elevated risks due to political or economic factors, in the event that unanticipated legal or regulatory developments interfere with implementation of the Fund’s principal investment strategies, and in other extraordinary circumstances.
The Fund’s investment policy to invest at least 80% of its Assets in municipal securities and other related investments, the income from which is exempt from regular U.S. federal income tax and certain other investment restrictions identified in the SAI as such are considered fundamental. See also “Investment Restrictions” in this SAI. The Fund cannot change its fundamental policies without the approval of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Common Shares. When used with respect to approval of a changes to the Fund’s fundamental policies, a “majority of the outstanding” shares means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less. All of the Fund’s other investment policies are not considered to be fundamental by the Fund and can be changed by the Board of Trustees without a vote of the Common Shareholders.
Other Policies
The Fund may enter into certain derivative transactions as a hedging technique to attempt to protect against potential adverse changes in the market value of portfolio instruments. The Fund also may use derivatives to attempt to protect the net asset value (“NAV”) of the Fund, to facilitate the sale of certain portfolio instruments, to manage the Fund’s effective interest rate exposure, to attempt to manage the effective maturity or duration of securities in the Fund’s portfolio and as a temporary substitute for purchasing or selling particular instruments. From time to time, the Fund also may enter into derivative transactions to create investment exposure to the extent such transactions may facilitate implementation of its strategy more efficiently than through outright purchases or sales of portfolio instruments.
Certain investment policies specifically identified in this SAI as such are considered fundamental and may not be changed without shareholder approval. See “Investment Restrictions.” All of the Fund’s other investment policies are not considered to be fundamental by the Fund and can be changed by the Board of Trustees without a vote of the shareholders. However, the Fund’s policy of investing at least 80% of its Assets in municipal securities and other investments, the income from which is exempt from regular U.S. federal income tax, is a fundamental policy. The Fund cannot change its fundamental policies without the approval of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Common Shares. When used with respect to particular shares of the Fund, a “majority of the outstanding” shares means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less.
LEVERAGE
The Fund uses leverage to seek to achieve its investment objectives. The Fund may use leverage to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund may obtain leverage through either investments in residual interest certificates of tender option bond trusts, also called inverse floating rate securities, that have the economic effect of leverage because the Fund’s investment exposure to the underlying bonds held by the trust have been effectively financed by the trust’s issuance of floating rate certificates, borrowings, reverse repurchase agreements (effectively a borrowing) and the issuance of preferred shares of beneficial interest (“Preferred Shares”), which have seniority over the Common Shares, or a combination of thereof.
5
The Fund may source leverage through a number of methods including investing in inverse floating rate securities, issuance of debt securities, borrowings, entering into reverse repurchase agreements (effectively a borrowing), and issuance of Preferred Shares.
Inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as “inverse floaters”) are securities whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. Generally, inverse floating rate securities represent beneficial interests in a special purpose trust formed for the purpose of holding municipal bonds. Investments in inverse floating rate securities have the economic effect of leverage. See “Risks—Portfolio Level Risks—Inverse Floating Rate Securities Risk” in the Prospectus.
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Fund with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment. Selling a portfolio security and agreeing to buy it back under a reverse repurchase agreement is economically equivalent to borrowing. See “Risks—Portfolio Level Risks—Reverse Repurchase Agreement Risk” in the Prospectus.
The Fund may use derivatives, such as interest rate swaps with varying terms, in order to hedge duration risk or manage the interest rate expense associated with all or a portion of its leverage. Interest rate swaps are bi-lateral agreements whereby parties agree to exchange future payments, typically based upon the differential of a fixed rate and a variable rate, on a specified notional amount. Interest rate swaps can enable the Fund to effectively convert its variable leverage expense to fixed, or vice-versa. For example, if the Fund issues leverage having a short-term floating rate of interest, the Fund could use interest rate swaps to hedge against a rise in the short-term benchmark interest rates associated with its outstanding leverage. In doing so, the Fund would seek to achieve lower leverage costs, and thereby enhance Common Share distributions, over an extended period, which would be the result if short-term market interest rates on average exceed the fixed interest rate over the term of the swap. To the extent the fixed swap rate is greater than short-term market interest rates on average over the period, overall costs associated with leverage will be greater (and thereby reduce distributions to Common Shareholders) than if the Fund had not entered into the interest rate swap(s). See “Portfolio Composition and Other Information—Derivatives” in the Prospectus.
So long as the net income received from the Fund’s investments purchased with leverage proceeds exceeds the current expense of any leverage, the investment of the proceeds of leverage will generate more net income than if the Fund had not leveraged itself. Under these circumstances, the excess net income will be available to pay higher distributions to Common Shareholders. However, if the net income received from the Fund’s portfolio investments purchased with the proceeds of leverage is less than the current expense of any leverage, the Fund may be required to utilize other Fund assets to make interest and/or dividend payments on its leveraging instruments, which may result in a decline in Common Share NAV and reduced net investment income available for distribution to Common Shareholders.
The Fund may reduce or increase the amount of leverage based upon changes in market conditions and/or composition of the Fund’s holdings. The Fund’s leverage ratio will vary from time to time based upon such changes in the amount of leverage used, variations in the value of the Fund’s holdings and the levels of Common Share subscription and repurchase offer activity related to the Fund’s continuously offered interval fund structure. So long as the net income received from the Fund’s investments purchased with leverage proceeds exceeds the then current expense of any leverage, the investment of the proceeds of leverage will generate more net income than if the Fund had not leveraged itself. Under these circumstances, the excess net income will be available to pay higher distributions to Common Shareholders. However, if the net income received from the Fund’s portfolio investments purchased with the proceeds of leverage is less than the current expense of any leverage, the Fund may be required to utilize other Fund assets to make interest payments on its leveraging instruments which may result in a decline in Common Share NAV and reduced net investment income available for distribution to Common Shareholders.
6
The Fund pays a management fee to Nuveen Fund Advisors (which in turn pays a portion of such fee to Nuveen Asset Management) based on a percentage of Managed Assets. Managed Assets include the proceeds realized and managed from the Fund’s use of most types of leverage (excluding the leverage exposure attributable to the use of futures, swaps and similar derivatives). Because Managed Assets include the Fund’s net assets as well as assets that are attributable to the Fund’s investment of the proceeds of its leverage, it is anticipated that the Fund’s Managed Assets will be greater than its net assets. Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management will be responsible for using leverage to pursue the Fund’s investment objectives. Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management will base their decision regarding whether and how much leverage to use for the Fund, and the terms of that leverage, on their assessment of whether such use of leverage is in the best interests of the Fund. However, a decision to employ or increase leverage will have the effect, all other things being equal, of increasing Managed Assets and in turn Nuveen Fund Advisors’ and Nuveen Asset Management’s management fees. Thus, Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management may have a conflict of interest in determining whether to use or increase leverage. Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management will seek to manage that potential conflict by using leverage only when they determine that it would be in the best interests of the Fund and its Common Shareholders, and by periodically reviewing with the Board of Trustees the Fund’s performance and the Fund’s degree of overall use of leverage and the impact of the use of leverage on that performance.
The Fund may issue “senior securities” as defined under the 1940 Act. “Senior securities” have seniority over the Common Shares in regard to the income and assets of the Fund. The 1940 Act generally defines a “senior security” as any bond, debenture, note, or similar obligation or instrument constituting a security and evidencing indebtedness, and any stock of a class having priority over any other class as to distribution of assets or payment of dividends (“Preferred Shares”); however, the term does not include any promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness issued in consideration of any loan, extension, or renewal thereof, made for temporary purposes and in an amount not exceeding five percent of the value of the Fund’s total assets. A loan shall be presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within 60 days and is not extended or renewed.
Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue “senior securities” that are Preferred Shares if, immediately after the issuance of Preferred Shares, the asset coverage ratio with respect to such Preferred Shares would be less than 200%. With respect to any such Preferred Shares, asset coverage means the ratio which the value of the total assets of the Fund, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, bears to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness of the Fund plus the aggregate liquidation preference of such Preferred Shares.
Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue “senior securities representing indebtedness” if, immediately after the issuance of such senior securities representing indebtedness, the asset coverage ratio with respect to such senior securities would be less than 300%. “Senior securities representing indebtedness” include borrowings (including loans from financial institutions) and debt securities. With respect to any such senior securities representing debt, asset coverage means the ratio which the value of the total assets of the Fund, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), bears to the aggregate amount of such borrowing represented by senior securities issued by the Fund.
If the Fund issues senior securities and the asset coverage with respect to such senior securities declines below the required ratios discussed above (as a result of market fluctuations or otherwise), the Fund may sell portfolio securities when it may be disadvantageous to do so.
Certain types of leverage used by the Fund may result in the Fund being subject to certain covenants, asset coverage or other portfolio composition limits by its lenders, debt or preferred securities purchasers, rating agencies that may rate the debt or preferred securities, or reverse repurchase counterparties. Such limitations may be more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act and may impact whether the Fund is able to maintain its desired amount of leverage. At this time Nuveen Fund Advisors does not believe that any such potential investment limitations will impede it from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with its investment objectives and policies.
7
Utilization of leverage is a speculative investment technique and involves certain risks to the Common Shareholders, including increased variability of the Fund’s net income, distributions and NAV in relation to market changes. See “Risks—Fund Level Risks—Leverage Risk,” “—Portfolio Level Risks—Inverse Floating Rate Securities Risk” and “—Reverse Repurchase Agreement Risk” in the Prospectus. There is no assurance that the Fund’s use of leverage will work as planned or achieve its goals.
8
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
Except as described below, the Fund, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares and, if issued, Preferred Shares voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares voting as a separate class:
(1) Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except as permitted by the 1940 Act1;
(2) Borrow money, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders granted under the 1940 Act1,2;
(3) Act as underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities;
(4) Invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of issuers in any one industry or group of related industries; provided, however, that such limitation shall not apply to municipal securities other than those municipal securities backed principally by the assets and revenues of non-governmental users3;
(5) Purchase or sell real estate, but this shall not prevent the Fund from investing in municipal securities secured by real estate or interests therein or foreclosing upon and selling such real estate;
(6) Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts or derivative instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities); and
(7) Make loans, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders granted under the 1940 Act4.
Under the 1940 Act, investments of more than 25% of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. The policy in subparagraph (4) above will be interpreted in accordance with public interpretations of the SEC and its staff pertaining to concentration from time to time. The policy in subparagraph (4) above will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among either industries or groups of related industries. The Fund currently
1 Section 18(c) of the 1940 Act generally limits a registered closed-end investment company to issuing one class of senior securities representing indebtedness and one class of senior securities representing stock, except that the class of indebtedness or stock may be issued in one or more series, and promissory notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in consideration of any loan, extension, or renewal thereof, made by a bank or other person and privately arranged, and not intended to be publicly distributed, are not deemed a separate class of senior securities.
2 Section 18(a) of the 1940 Act generally prohibits a registered closed-end fund from incurring borrowings if, immediately thereafter, the aggregate amount of its borrowings exceeds 331⁄3% of its total assets. The Fund has not applied for, and currently does not intend to apply for, such exemptive relief, but reserves the right to do so in the future.
3 For purposes of this restriction, governments and their political subdivisions are not part of any industry.
4 Section 21 of the 1940 Act makes it unlawful for a registered investment company, like the Fund, to lend money or other property if (i) the investment company’s policies set forth in its registration statement do not permit such a loan or (ii) the borrower controls or is under common control with the investment company. The Fund has not applied for, and currently does not intend to apply for, such exemptive relief, but reserves the right to do so in the future.
9
utilizes any one or more industry classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Nuveen Fund Advisors. For the purpose of applying the 25% industry limitation set forth in subparagraph (4) above, such limitation will apply to municipal securities if the payment of principal and interest for such securities is derived principally from a specific project, and in that situation the Fund will consider such municipal securities to be in an industry associated with the project. In addition, the Fund will consider the investments of underlying investment companies when determining compliance with its concentration policy, to the extent the Fund has sufficient information about such investments.
Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may invest only up to 10% of its total assets in the aggregate in shares of other investment companies and only up to 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, provided the investment does not represent more than 3% of the voting stock of the acquired investment company at the time such shares are purchased, unless permitted to exceed such limitation pursuant to SEC rule or exemptive relief. As a shareholder in any investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and will also remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management, advisory and administrative fees with respect to assets so invested. Holders of Common Shares would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies.
In addition to the foregoing fundamental investment policies, the Fund is also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the Board of Trustees upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. The Fund may not:
(1) Purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act or any exemptive relief obtained thereunder; and
(2) Purchase securities of companies for the purpose of exercising control, except to the extent that exercise by the Fund of its rights under loan agreements would be deemed to constitute exercising control.
The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more credit rating agencies that may issue ratings for Preferred Shares, commercial paper or notes, or, if the Fund borrows from a lender, by the lender. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. If these restrictions were to apply, it is not anticipated that these guidelines will impede Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies.
In addition, the Fund has adopted the following fundamental policies with respect to repurchase offers, which may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares and, if issued, Preferred Shares voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares voting as a separate class:
(1) The Fund will make quarterly repurchase offers pursuant to Rule 23c-3 under the 1940 Act, as it may be amended from time to time.
(2) The Fund will repurchase shares that are tendered by a specific date (the “Repurchase Request Deadline”), which will be established by the Board of Trustees (the “Board’) in accordance with Rule 23c-3, as amended from time to time. Rule 23c-3 requires the Repurchase Request Deadline to be no less than 21 and no more than 42 days after the Fund sends notification to shareholders of the repurchase offer.
(3) There will be a maximum fourteen (14) calendar day period (or the next business day if the 14th calendar day is not a business day) between the Repurchase Request Deadline and the date on which the NAV applicable to the repurchase offer is determined (the “Repurchase Pricing Date”).
Under certain limited circumstances, the Fund may postpone or suspend repurchase offers. See “Periodic Repurchase Offers—Suspension or Postponement of Repurchase Offers” in the Prospectus.
10
PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION AND OTHER INFORMATION
The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objectives, policies, and strategies that are described in the Prospectus.
Municipal Securities
General. The Fund may invest in various municipal securities, including municipal bonds and notes, other securities issued to finance and refinance public projects, and other related securities and derivative instruments creating exposure to municipal bonds, notes and securities that provide for the payment of interest income that is exempt from regular federal income tax. Municipal securities are often issued by state and local governmental entities to finance or refinance public projects such as roads, schools, and water supply systems. Municipal securities may also be issued on behalf of private entities or for private activities, such as housing, medical and educational facility construction, or for privately owned transportation, electric utility and pollution control projects. Municipal securities may be issued on a long term basis to provide permanent financing. The repayment of such debt may be secured generally by a pledge of the full faith and credit taxing power of the issuer, a limited or special tax, or any other revenue source, including project revenues, which may include tolls, fees and other user charges, lease payments and mortgage payments. Municipal securities may also be issued to finance projects on a short-term interim basis, anticipating repayment with the proceeds of the later issuance of long-term debt. The Fund may purchase municipal securities in the form of bonds, notes, leases or certificates of participation; structured as callable or non-callable; with payment forms including fixed coupon, variable rate, zero coupon, capital appreciation bonds, tender option bonds, and residual interest bonds or inverse floating rate securities; or acquired through investments in pooled vehicles, partnerships or other investment companies. Inverse floating rate securities are securities that pay interest at rates that vary inversely with changes in prevailing short-term tax-exempt interest rates and represent a leveraged investment in an underlying municipal security, which could have the economic effect of leverage.
Municipal Leases and Certificates of Participation. Also included within the general category of municipal securities described in the Prospectus are municipal leases, certificates of participation in such lease obligations or installment purchase contract obligations (hereinafter collectively called “Municipal Lease Obligations”) of municipal authorities or entities. Although a Municipal Lease Obligation does not constitute a general obligation of the municipality for which the municipality’s taxing power is pledged, a Municipal Lease Obligation is ordinarily backed by the municipality’s covenant to budget for, appropriate and make the payments due under the Municipal Lease Obligation. However, certain Municipal Lease Obligations contain “non-appropriation” clauses which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in future years unless money is appropriated for such purpose on a yearly basis. In the case of a “non-appropriation” lease, the Fund’s ability to recover under the lease in the event of non-appropriation or default will be limited solely to the repossession of the leased property, without recourse to the general credit of the lessee, and disposition or releasing of the property might prove difficult. In order to reduce this risk, the Fund will only purchase Municipal Lease Obligations where Nuveen Asset Management believes the issuer has a strong incentive to continue making appropriations until maturity.
Pre-Refunded Municipal Securities. The principal of and interest on pre-refunded municipal securities are no longer paid from the original revenue source for the securities. Instead, the source of such payments is typically an escrow fund consisting of U.S. government securities. The assets in the escrow fund are derived from the proceeds of refunding bonds issued by the same issuer as the pre-refunded municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities use this advance refunding technique to obtain more favorable terms with respect to securities that are not yet subject to call or redemption by the issuer. For example, advance refunding enables an issuer to refinance debt at lower market interest rates, restructure debt to improve cash flow or eliminate restrictive covenants in the indenture or other governing instrument for the pre-refunded municipal securities. However, except for a change in the revenue source from which principal and interest payments are made, the pre-refunded municipal securities remain outstanding on their original terms until they mature or are redeemed
11
by the issuer. The 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act repealed the exclusion from gross income for interest on pre-refunded municipal securities effective for such bonds issued after December 31, 2017.
Private Activity Bonds. Private activity bonds, formerly referred to as industrial development bonds, are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately operated housing facilities, airport, mass transit or port facilities, sewage disposal, solid waste disposal or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas or electricity. Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute municipal securities, although the current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues. Under current law, a significant portion of the private activity bond market is comprised of AMT Bonds. “AMT Bonds” are municipal securities that pay interest that is taxable under the federal alternative minimum tax applicable to noncorporate taxpayers. The Fund’s distributions of its interest income from private activity bonds may subject certain investors to the federal alternative minimum tax.
Special Taxing Districts. Special taxing districts are organized to plan and finance infrastructure development to induce residential, commercial and industrial growth and redevelopment. The bond financing methods such as tax increment finance, tax assessment, special services district and Mello-Roos bonds, are generally payable solely from taxes or other revenues attributable to the specific projects financed by the bonds without recourse to the credit or taxing power of related or overlapping municipalities. They often are exposed to real estate development-related risks and can have more taxpayer concentration risk than general tax-supported bonds, such as general obligation bonds. Further, the fees, special taxes, or tax allocations and other revenues that are established to secure such financings are generally limited as to the rate or amount that may be levied or assessed and are not subject to increase pursuant to rate covenants or municipal or corporate guarantees. The bonds could default if development failed to progress as anticipated or if larger taxpayers failed to pay the assessments, fees and taxes as provided in the financing plans of the districts.
Special Situations Securities
The Fund may invest in special situations municipal securities. Special situations municipal securities are municipal securities:
• | of issuers that are in default of its obligations or in an active work-out, or are in bankruptcy; or |
• | that are otherwise determined by Nuveen Asset Management to be facing distressed financial or operating circumstances. |
The portion of the Fund’s assets invested in special situations municipal securities may fluctuate significantly over time according to the availability of attractive special situations municipal securities opportunities. See “Risks—Portfolio Level Risks—Special Situations Municipal Securities Risk” below.
Corporate Debt Securities
The Fund may invest in corporate debt securities, including corporate bonds. Corporate bonds are fully taxable debt obligations issued by corporations. These securities fund capital improvements, expansions, debt refinancing or acquisitions that require more capital than would ordinarily be available from a single lender. Investors in corporate bonds lend money to the issuing corporation in exchange for interest payments and repayment of the principal at a set maturity date. Rates on corporate bonds are set according to prevailing interest rates at the time of the issue, the credit rating of the issuer, the length of the maturity and other terms of the security, such as a call feature.
Corporate bonds come in many varieties and may differ in the way that interest is calculated, the amount and frequency of payments, the type of collateral, if any, and the presence of special features (e.g., conversion
12
rights). The Fund’s investments in corporate bonds may include, but are not limited to, senior, junior, secured and unsecured bonds, notes and other debt securities, and may be fixed rate, variable rate or floating rate, among other things. Holders of corporate bonds, as creditors, have a prior legal claim over common and preferred stockholders as to both income and assets of the issuer for the principal and interest due to them, and may have a prior claim over other creditors, but are generally subordinate to any existing lenders in the issuer’s capital structure.
Corporate bonds are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, the issuer’s performance or credit rating, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity. In addition, corporate restructurings, such as mergers, leveraged buyouts, takeovers or similar corporate transactions are often financed by an increase in a corporate issuer’s debt securities. As a result of the added debt burden, the credit quality and market value of an issuer’s existing corporate bonds may decline significantly. Corporate bonds usually yield more than government or agency bonds due to the presence of credit risk.
U.S. Treasury Securities
The Fund may invest in U.S. Government direct obligations. U.S. Government direct obligation are issued by the United States Treasury and include bills, notes and bonds. Treasury bills are issued with maturities of up to one year. They are issued in bearer form, are sold on a discount basis and are payable at par value at maturity. Treasury notes are longer-term interest-bearing obligations with original maturities of one to seven years. Treasury bonds are longer-term interest-bearing obligations with original maturities from five to thirty years.
Hedging Strategies and Other Uses of Derivatives
The Fund may periodically engage in hedging transactions, and otherwise use various types of derivative instruments, described below, to reduce risk, to effectively gain particular market exposures, to seek to enhance returns, and to reduce transaction costs, among other reasons. The Fund will value derivative instruments at market/fair value for purposes of calculating compliance with the Fund’s 80% investment policy in investments the income from which is exempt from regular federal income tax.
“Hedging” is a term used for various methods of seeking to preserve portfolio capital value by offsetting price changes in one investment through making another investment whose price should tend to move in the opposite direction.
A “derivative” is a financial contract whose value is based on (or “derived” from) a traditional security (such as a stock or a bond), an asset (such as a commodity like gold), or a market index (such as the Lehman Municipal Bond Index). Some forms of derivatives may trade on exchanges, while non-standardized derivatives, which tend to be more specialized and complex, trade in “over-the-counter” or a one-on-one basis. It may be desirable and possible in various market environments to partially hedge the portfolio against fluctuations in market value due to market interest rate or credit quality fluctuations, or instead to gain a desired investment exposure, by entering into various types of derivative transactions, including financial futures and index futures as well as related put and call options on such instruments, structured notes, or interest rate swaps on taxable or tax-exempt securities or indexes (which may be “forward-starting”), credit default swaps, and options on interest rate swaps, among others.
These transactions present certain risks. In particular, the imperfect correlation between price movements in the futures contract and price movements in the securities being hedged creates the possibility that losses on the hedge by a Fund may be greater than gains in the value of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio. In addition, futures and options markets may not be liquid in all circumstances. As a result, in volatile markets, the Fund may not be able to close out the transaction without incurring losses substantially greater than the initial deposit. Finally, the potential deposit requirements in futures contracts create an ongoing greater potential financial risk than do options transactions, where the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. Losses due to
13
hedging transactions will reduce yield. Net gains, if any, from hedging and other portfolio transactions will be distributed as taxable distributions to shareholders. Successful implementation of most hedging strategies will generate taxable income.
The Fund will invest in these instruments only in markets believed by Nuveen Asset Management to be active and sufficiently liquid. Successful implementation of most hedging strategies will generate taxable income.
Swap Transactions. The Fund may enter into total return, interest rate and credit default swap agreements and interest rate caps, floors and collars. The Fund may also enter into options on the foregoing types of swap agreements (“swap options”).
The Fund may enter into swap transactions for any purpose consistent with its investment objectives and strategies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, as a duration management technique, to attempt to reduce risk arising from the ownership of a particular instrument, or to gain exposure to certain sectors or markets in the most economical way possible.
Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for a specified period of time. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on a particular predetermined asset, reference rate or index. The gross returns to be exchanged or swapped between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a notional amount, e.g., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate or in a basket of securities representing a particular index. The notional amount of the swap agreement generally is only used as a basis upon which to calculate the obligations that the parties to the swap agreement have agreed to exchange.
Some, but not all, swaps may be cleared, in which case a central clearing counterparty stands between each buyer and seller and effectively guarantees performance of each contract, to the extent of its available resources for such purpose. Uncleared swaps have no such protection; each party bears the risk that its direct counterparty will default.
Interest Rate Swaps, Caps, Collars and Floors. Interest rate swaps are bilateral contracts in which each party agrees to make periodic payments to the other party based on different referenced interest rates (e.g., a fixed rate and a floating rate) applied to a specified notional amount. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index rises above a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. Interest rate collars involve selling a cap and purchasing a floor or vice versa to protect the Fund against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.
Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the Fund’s use of interest rate swaps could enhance or harm the overall performance of Common Shares. To the extent interest rates decline, the value of the interest rate swap could decline, and could result in a decline in the NAV of Common Shares. In addition, if the counterparty to an interest rate swap defaults, the Fund would not be able to use the anticipated net receipts under the swap to offset the interest payments on borrowings or the dividend payments on any outstanding preferred shares. Depending on whether the Fund would be entitled to receive net payments from the counterparty on the swap, which in turn would depend on the general state of short-term interest rates at that point in time, such a default could negatively impact the performance of Common Shares. In addition, at the time an interest rate swap transaction reaches its scheduled termination date, there is a risk that the Fund would not be able to obtain a replacement transaction or that the terms of the replacement would not be as favorable as on the expiring transaction. If this occurs, it could have a negative impact on the performance of Common Shares. The Fund
14
could be required to prepay the principal amount of any borrowings. Such redemption or prepayment would likely result in the Fund seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any swap transaction. Early termination of a swap could result in a termination payment by or to the Fund.
Municipal Market Data Rate Locks. The Fund may purchase and sell municipal market data rate locks (“MMD Rate Locks”). An MMD Rate Lock permits the Fund to lock in a specified municipal interest rate for a portion of its portfolio to preserve a return on a particular investment or a portion of its portfolio as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities to be purchased at a later date. By using an MMD Rate Lock, the Fund can create a synthetic long or short position, allowing the Fund to select what the manager believes is an attractive part of the yield curve. The Fund will ordinarily use these transactions as a hedge or for duration or risk management although it is permitted to enter into them to enhance income or gain or to increase the Fund’s yield, for example, during periods of steep interest rate yield curves (i.e., wide differences between short term and long term interest rates). An MMD Rate Lock is a contract between the Fund and an MMD Rate Lock provider pursuant to which the parties agree to make payments to each other on a notional amount, contingent upon whether the Municipal Market Data AAA General Obligation Scale is above or below a specified level on the expiration date of the contract. For example, if the Fund buys an MMD Rate Lock and the Municipal Market Data AAA General Obligation Scale is below the specified level on the expiration date, the counterparty to the contract will make a payment to the Fund equal to the specified level minus the actual level, multiplied by the notional amount of the contract. If the Municipal Market Data AAA General Obligation Scale is above the specified level on the expiration date, the Fund will make a payment to the counterparty equal to the actual level minus the specified level, multiplied by the notional amount of the contract. In connection with investments in MMD Rate Locks, there is a risk that municipal yields will move in the opposite direction than anticipated by the Fund, which would cause the Fund to make payments to its counterparty in the transaction that could adversely affect the Fund’s performance.
Total Return Swaps. In a total return swap, one party agrees to pay the other the “total return” of a defined underlying asset during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. A total return swap may be applied to any underlying asset but is most commonly used with equity indices, single stocks, bonds and defined baskets of loans and mortgages. The Fund might enter into a total return swap involving an underlying index or basket of securities to create exposure to a potentially widely-diversified range of securities in a single trade. An index total return swap can be used by Nuveen Asset Management to assume risk, without the complications of buying the component securities from what may not always be the most liquid of markets.
Credit Default Swaps. A credit default swap is a bilateral contract that enables an investor to buy or sell protection against a defined-issuer credit event. The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements either as a buyer or a seller. The Fund may buy protection to attempt to mitigate the risk of default or credit quality deterioration in an individual security or a segment of the fixed income securities market to which it has exposure, or to take a “short” position in individual bonds or market segments which it does not own. The Fund may sell protection in an attempt to gain exposure to the credit quality characteristics of particular bonds or market segments without investing directly in those bonds or market segments.
As the buyer of protection in a credit default swap, the Fund would pay a premium (by means of an upfront payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the agreement) in return for the right to deliver a referenced bond or group of bonds to the protection seller and receive the full notional or par value (or other agreed upon value) upon a default (or similar event) by the issuer(s) of the underlying referenced obligation(s). If no default occurs, the protection seller would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligation to the Fund. Thus, the cost to the Fund would be the premium paid with respect to the agreement. If a credit event occurs, however, the Fund may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. The Fund bears the risk that the protection seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations.
15
If the Fund is a seller of protection in a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Fund would generally receive an up-front payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the swap. If a credit event occurs, however, generally the Fund would have to pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. As the protection seller, the Fund effectively adds leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to being subject to investment exposure on its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Thus, the Fund bears the same risk as it would by buying the reference obligation(s) directly, plus the additional risks related to obtaining investment exposure through a derivative instrument discussed below under “—Risks Associated with Swap Transactions.”
Swap Options. A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation), in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel, or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement at some designated future time on specified terms. A cash-settled option on a swap gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to receive an amount of cash equal to the value of the underlying swap as of the exercise date. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options. Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund generally would incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than when it purchases a swap option. When the Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the Fund would become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
Risks Associated with Swap Transactions. The use of swap transactions is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If Nuveen Asset Management is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors or events, the investment performance of the Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. As the protection seller in a credit default swap, the Fund effectively adds leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to being subject to investment exposure on its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund generally may only close out a swap, cap, floor, collar or other two-party contract with its particular counterparty, and generally may only transfer a position with the consent of that counterparty. In addition, the price at which the Fund may close out such a two party contract may not correlate with the price change in the underlying reference asset. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there can be no assurance that the counterparty will be able to meet its contractual obligations or that the Fund will succeed in enforcing its rights. It also is possible that developments in the derivatives market, including changes in government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap or other agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
Futures and Options on Futures. A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security, index or interest rate (each a “financial instrument”) for a set price on a future date. Certain futures contracts, such as futures contracts relating to individual securities, call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument. However, these contracts generally are closed out before delivery by entering into an offsetting purchase or sale of a matching futures contract (same exchange, underlying financial instrument, and delivery month). Other futures contracts, such as futures contracts on interest rates and indices, do not call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument, but rather are agreements pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the financial instrument at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the contract was originally written. These contracts also may be settled by entering into an offsetting futures contract.
Unlike when the Fund purchases or sells a security, no price is paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Fund will be required to deposit with the futures broker, known as a futures commission merchant (“FCM”), an amount of cash or securities equal to a varying specified
16
percentage of the contract amount. This amount is known as initial margin. The margin deposit is intended to ensure completion of the contract. Minimum initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and may be revised. In addition, FCMs may establish margin deposit requirements that are higher than the exchange minimums. Cash held in the margin account generally is not income producing. However, couponbearing securities, such as Treasury securities, held in margin accounts generally will earn income. Subsequent payments to and from the FCM, called variation margin, will be made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying financial instrument fluctuates, making the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as marking the contract to market. Changes in variation margin are recorded by the Fund as unrealized gains or losses. At any time prior to expiration of the futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position that will operate to terminate its position in the futures contract. A final determination of variation margin is then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a gain or loss. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of an FCM that holds margin on behalf of the Fund, the Fund may be entitled to the return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the FCM’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the Fund. Futures transactions also involve brokerage costs.
A futures option gives the purchaser of such option the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the purchaser acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. Upon the exercise of a put option, the opposite is true.
The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”) may also limit the extent to which the Fund may invest in futures, options on futures and swaps. See “Tax Matters.”
Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management may use derivative instruments to seek to enhance return, to attempt to hedge some of the risk of the Fund’s investments in municipal securities, to attempt to manage the effective maturity or duration of securities in the Fund’s portfolio or as a substitute for a position in the underlying asset. These types of strategies may generate taxable income.
There is no assurance that these derivative strategies will be available at any time or that Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management will determine to use them for the Fund or, if used, that the strategies will be successful.
Illiquid Investments
The Fund may invest in illiquid investments (i.e., investments that are not readily marketable), including, but not limited to, restricted investments (investments the disposition of which is restricted under the federal securities laws), investments that may be resold only pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”) that are deemed to be illiquid, and certain repurchase agreements.
Restricted investments may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the 1933 Act. Where registration is required, the Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell an investment under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than that which prevailed when it decided to sell. To the extent that the Board of Trustees or its delegatee determines that the price of any illiquid investment provided by the pricing service is inappropriate, such investment will be priced at a fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or its delegatee.
17
Inverse Floating Rate Securities and Floating Rate Securities
Inverse Floating Rate Securities. Inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as “inverse floaters”) are securities whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. Generally, inverse floating rate securities represent beneficial interests in a special purpose trust for the purpose of holding municipal bonds. The special purpose trust typically sells two classes of beneficial interests or securities: floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as short-term floaters or tender option bonds) and inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as inverse floaters or residual interest securities). Both classes of beneficial interests are represented by certificates. The short-term floating rate securities have first priority on the cash flow from the municipal bonds held by the special purpose trust. Typically, a third party, such as a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution, grants the floating rate security holders the option, at periodic intervals, to tender their securities to the institution and receive the face value thereof. As consideration for providing the option, the financial institution receives periodic fees. The holder of the short-term floater effectively holds a demand obligation that bears interest at the prevailing short-term, tax-exempt rate. However, the institution granting the tender option will not be obligated to accept tendered short-term floaters in the event of certain defaults or a significant downgrade in the credit rating assigned to the bond issuer. For its inverse floating rate investments, the Fund receives the residual cash flow from the special purpose trust. Because the holder of the short-term floater is generally assured liquidity at the face value of the security, the Fund as the holder of the inverse floater assumes the interest rate cash flow risk and the market value risk associated with the municipal security deposited into the special purpose trust. The volatility of the interest cash flow and the residual market value will vary with the degree to which the trust is leveraged. This is expressed in the ratio of the total face value of the short-term floaters in relation to the value of the residual inverse floaters that are issued by the special purpose trust. In addition, all voting rights and decisions to be made with respect to any other rights relating to the municipal bonds held in the special purpose trust are passed through to the Fund, as the holder of the residual inverse floating rate securities. Because increases in the interest rate on the short-term floaters reduce the residual interest paid on inverse floaters, and because fluctuations in the value of the municipal bond deposited in the special purpose trust affect the value of the inverse floater only, and not the value of the short-term floater issued by the trust, inverse floaters’ value is generally more volatile than that of fixed rate bonds. The market price of inverse floating rate securities is generally more volatile than the underlying securities due to the leveraging effect of this ownership structure. These securities generally will underperform the market of fixed rate bonds in a rising interest rate environment (i.e., when bond values are falling), but tend to outperform the market of fixed rate bonds when interest rates decline or remain relatively stable. Although volatile, inverse floaters typically offer the potential exceeding the yields available on fixed rate bonds with comparable credit quality, coupon, call provisions and maturity. Inverse floaters have varying degrees of liquidity based upon, among other things, the liquidity of the underlying securities deposited in a special purpose trust.
The Fund may invest in inverse floating rate securities issued by special purpose trusts that have recourse to the Fund (i.e., the Fund typically bears the risk of loss with respect to any liquidity shortfall). In Nuveen Fund Advisors’ and Nuveen Asset Management’s discretion, the Fund may enter into a separate shortfall and forbearance agreement with the third party liquidity provider to a special purpose trust. The Fund may enter into such recourse agreements (i) when the liquidity provider requires such an agreement because the level of leverage in the trust exceeds the level that the liquidity provider is willing to support absent such an agreement; and/or (ii) to seek to prevent the liquidity provider from collapsing the trust in the event that the municipal obligation held in the trust has declined in value. Such an agreement would require the Fund to reimburse the third party liquidity provider to such inverse floater, upon termination of the trust issuing the inverse floater, the difference between the liquidation value of the bonds held in the trust and the principal amount due to the holders of floating rate interests. Such agreements may expose the Fund to a risk of loss that exceeds its investment in the inverse floating rate securities. Absent a shortfall and forbearance agreement, the Fund would not be required to make such a reimbursement. If the Fund chooses not to enter into such an agreement, the special purpose trust could be liquidated and the Fund could incur a loss.
The Fund may invest in both inverse floating rate securities and floating rate securities (as discussed below) issued by the same special purpose trust.
18
Investments in inverse floating rate securities have the economic effect of leverage. The use of leverage creates special risks for Common Shareholders. See the Prospectus under “Risks—Portfolio Level Risks—Inverse Floating Rate Securities Risk.”
Floating Rate Securities. The Fund may also invest in floating rate securities, as described above, issued by special purpose trusts. Floating rate securities may take the form of short-term floating rate securities or the option period may be substantially longer. Generally, the interest rate earned will be based upon the market rates for municipal securities with maturities or remarketing provisions that are comparable in duration to the periodic interval of the tender option, which may vary from weekly, to monthly, to extended periods of one year or multiple years. Since the option feature has a shorter term than the final maturity or first call date of the underlying bond deposited in the trust, the Fund as the holder of the floating rate security relies upon the terms of the agreement with the financial institution furnishing the option as well as the credit strength of that institution. As further assurance of liquidity, the terms of the trust provide for a liquidation of the municipal security deposited in the trust and the application of the proceeds to pay off the floating rate security. The trusts that are organized to issue both short-term floating rate securities and inverse floaters generally include liquidation triggers to protect the investor in the floating rate security.
Other Investment Companies
The Fund may invest in securities of other open or closed-end investment companies (including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”)) that invest primarily in municipal securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly. In addition, the Fund may invest a portion of its Managed Assets in pooled investment vehicles (other than investment companies) that invest primarily in municipal securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly. The Fund generally expects that it may invest in other investment companies and/or other pooled investment vehicles either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period shortly after the Fund receives the proceeds of an offering of its Common Shares or borrowing or during periods when there is a shortage of attractive, high-yielding municipal securities available in the market. The Fund may invest in investment companies that are advised by Nuveen Fund Advisors, Nuveen Asset Management or their respective affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law and/or pursuant to exemptive relief from the SEC. As a stockholder in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management, advisory and administrative fees with respect to assets so invested. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. The Fund will consider the investments of underlying investment companies when determining compliance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act. Moreover, the Fund will consider the investments of underlying investment companies when determining compliance with its own concentration policy, to the extent the Fund has sufficient information about such investments.
Nuveen Fund Advisors will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in an investment company relative to available municipal security investments. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the same leverage risks described herein. As described in the Fund’s Prospectus, the NAV and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to Common Shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares.
Repurchase Agreements
As temporary investments, the Fund may invest in repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a contractual agreement whereby the seller of securities (U.S. government securities or municipal securities) agrees to repurchase the same security at a specified price on a future date agreed upon by the parties. The agreed-upon repurchase price determines the yield during the Fund’s holding period. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans collateralized by the underlying security that is the subject of the repurchase contract. Income generated
19
from transactions in repurchase agreements will be taxable. The Fund will only enter into repurchase agreements with registered securities dealers or domestic banks that, in the opinion of Nuveen Asset Management, present minimal credit risk. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the issuer to pay the agreed-upon repurchase price on the delivery date; however, although the value of the underlying collateral at the time the transaction is entered into always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price, if the value of the collateral declines there is a risk of loss of both principal and interest. In the event of default, the collateral may be sold but the Fund might incur a loss if the value of the collateral declines, and might incur disposition costs or experience delays in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization upon the collateral by the Fund may be delayed or limited. Nuveen Asset Management will monitor the value of the collateral at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times subsequent during the term of the repurchase agreement in an effort to determine that such value always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price. In the event the value of the collateral declines below the repurchase price, Nuveen Asset Management will demand additional collateral from the issuer to increase the value of the collateral to at least that of the repurchase price, including interest.
Short-Term Investments
Short-Term Taxable Fixed Income Securities
For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand fully invested, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its Managed Assets in cash equivalents and short- term taxable fixed-income securities, although the Fund intends to invest in taxable short-term investments only in the event that suitable tax-exempt short- term investments are not available at reasonable prices and yields. Short-term taxable fixed income investments are defined to include, without limitation, the following:
(1) U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government agency securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and the Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks*, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association*, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. government, its agencies, and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.
* | These securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. |
(2) Certificates of Deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current Federal Deposit Insurance Company regulations, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $250,000; therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured.
(3) Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities. At the time the Fund purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Fund during its holding period, since the resale price is always greater than the
20
purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Fund to invest temporarily available cash. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Fund may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Fund is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, and if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Fund could incur a loss of both principal and interest. Nuveen Asset Management monitors the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement. Nuveen Asset Management does so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Fund. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Fund to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.
(4) Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Fund at any time. Nuveen Asset Management will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity measures) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. Investments in commercial paper will be limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by a major rating agency and which mature within one year of the date of purchase or carry a variable or floating rate of interest.
Short-Term Tax-Exempt Municipal Securities
Short-term tax-exempt municipal securities are securities that are exempt from regular federal income tax and mature within three years or less from the date of issuance. Short-term tax-exempt municipal income securities are defined to include, without limitation, the following:
Bond Anticipation Notes (“BANs”) are usually general obligations of state and local governmental issuers which are sold to obtain interim financing for projects that will eventually be funded through the sale of long-term debt obligations or bonds. The ability of an issuer to meet its obligations on its BANs is primarily dependent on the issuer’s access to the long-term municipal bond market and the likelihood that the proceeds of such bond sales will be used to pay the principal and interest on the BANs.
Tax Anticipation Notes (“TANs”) are issued by state and local governments to finance the current operations of such governments. Repayment is generally to be derived from specific future tax revenues. TANs are usually general obligations of the issuer. A weakness in an issuer’s capacity to raise taxes due to, among other things, a decline in its tax base or a rise in delinquencies, could adversely affect the issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding TANs.
Revenue Anticipation Notes (“RANs”) are issued by governments or governmental bodies with the expectation that future revenues from a designated source will be used to repay the notes. In general, they also constitute general obligations of the issuer. A decline in the receipt of projected revenues, such as anticipated revenues from another level of government, could adversely affect an issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding RANs. In addition, the possibility that the revenues would, when received, be used to meet other obligations could affect the ability of the issuer to pay the principal and interest on RANs.
Construction Loan Notes are issued to provide construction financing for specific projects. Frequently, these notes are redeemed with funds obtained from the Federal Housing Administration.
21
Bank Notes are notes issued by local government bodies and agencies, such as those described above to commercial banks as evidence of borrowings. The purposes for which the notes are issued are varied but they are frequently issued to meet short-term working capital or capital-project needs. These notes may have risks similar to the risks associated with TANs and RANs.
Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper (“Municipal Paper”) represents very short-term unsecured, negotiable promissory notes issued by states, municipalities and their agencies. Payment of principal and interest on issues of municipal paper may be made from various sources, to the extent the funds are available therefrom. Maturities of municipal paper generally will be shorter than the maturities of TANs, BANs or RANs. There is a limited secondary market for issues of Municipal Paper.
Certain municipal securities may carry variable or floating rates of interest whereby the rate of interest is not fixed but varies with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as a bank prime rate or a tax-exempt money market index.
While the various types of notes described above as a group represent the major portion of the short-term tax-exempt note market, other types of notes are available in the marketplace and the Fund may invest in such other types of notes to the extent permitted under its investment objectives, policies and limitations. Such notes may be issued for different purposes and may be secured differently from those mentioned above.
Auction Rate Securities
Municipal securities also include auction rate municipal securities and auction rate preferred securities issued by closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in municipal securities (collectively, “auction rate securities”). In recent market environments, auctions have failed, which adversely affects the liquidity and price of auction rate securities, and are unlikely to resume. Provided that the auction mechanism is successful, auction rate securities usually permit the holder to sell the securities in an auction at par value at specified intervals. The dividend is reset by “Dutch” auction in which bids are made by broker-dealers and other institutions for a certain amount of securities at a specified minimum yield. The dividend rate set by the auction is the lowest interest or dividend rate that covers all securities offered for sale. While this process is designed to permit auction rate securities to be traded at par value, there is a risk that an auction will fail due to insufficient demand for the securities. Moreover, between auctions, there may be no secondary market for these securities, and sales conducted on a secondary market may not be on terms favorable to the seller. Auction rate securities may be called by the issuer. Thus, with respect to liquidity and price stability, auction rate securities may differ substantially from cash equivalents, notwithstanding the frequency of auctions and the credit quality of the security. The Fund’s investments in auction rate securities of closed-end funds are subject to the limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other fees paid by such closed-end funds in addition to the advisory fees payable directly by the Fund.
When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions
The Fund may buy and sell municipal securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, making payment or taking delivery at a later date, normally within 15-45 days of the trade date. On such transactions the payment obligation and the interest rate are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. Beginning on the date the Fund enters into a commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, the Fund is required under rules of the SEC to maintain in a separate account liquid assets, consisting of cash, cash equivalents or liquid securities having a market value, at all times, of at least equal to the amount of the commitment. Income generated by any such assets which provide taxable income for federal income tax purposes is includable in the taxable income of the Fund and, to the extent distributed, will be taxable distributions to shareholders. The Fund may enter into contracts to purchase municipal securities on a forward basis (i.e., where settlement will occur more than 60 days from the date of the transaction) only to the extent that the Fund specifically collateralizes such obligations with a security that is expected to be called or mature within
22
sixty days before or after the settlement date of the forward transaction. The commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward basis may involve an element of risk because no interest accrues on the bonds prior to settlement and at the time of delivery the market value may be less than their cost.
Zero Coupon Bonds
A zero coupon bond is a bond that typically does not pay interest either for the entire life of the obligation or for an initial period after the issuance of the obligation. When held to its maturity, the holder receives the par value of the zero coupon bond, which generates a return equal to the difference between the purchase price and its maturity value. A zero coupon bond is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. This original issue discount (“OID”) approximates the total amount of interest the security will accrue and compound prior to its maturity and reflects the payment deferral and credit risk associated with the instrument. Because zero coupon securities and other OID instruments do not pay cash interest at regular intervals, the instruments’ ongoing accruals require ongoing judgments concerning the collectability of deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral. As a result, these securities may be subject to greater value fluctuations and less liquidity in the event of adverse market conditions than comparably rated securities that pay cash on a current basis. Because zero coupon bonds, and OID instruments generally, allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments, they may involve greater payment deferral and credit risk than coupon loans and bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The Fund generally will be required to distribute dividends to shareholders representing the income of these instruments as it accrues, even though the Fund will not receive all of the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, the Fund may have to sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, and use the cash proceeds to make income distributions to its shareholders. For accounting purposes, these cash distributions to shareholders will not be treated as a return of capital.
Further, Nuveen Fund Advisors collects management fees on the value of a zero coupon bond or OID instrument attributable to the ongoing non-cash accrual of interest over the life of the bond or other instrument. As a result, Nuveen Fund Advisors receives non-refundable cash payments based on such non-cash accruals while the Fund and Common Shareholders incur the risk that such non-cash accruals ultimately may not be realized.
Structured Notes
The Fund may utilize structured notes and similar instruments for investment purposes and also for hedging purposes. Structured notes are privately negotiated debt obligations where the principal and/ or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset, market or interest rate (an “embedded index”), such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets. The terms of such structured instruments normally provide that their principal and/or interest payments are to be adjusted upwards or downwards (but not ordinarily below zero) to reflect changes in the embedded index while the structured instruments are outstanding. As a result, the interest and/or principal payments that may be made on a structured product may vary widely, depending upon a variety of factors, including the volatility of the embedded index and the effect of changes in the embedded index on principal and/or interest payments. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the referenced index or indices or other assets. Application of a multiplier involves leverage that will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss. These types of investments may generate taxable income.
Portfolio Trading and Turnover
Portfolio trading may be undertaken to accomplish the investment objectives of the Fund in relation to actual and anticipated movements in interest rates. In addition, a security may be sold and another of comparable quality purchased at approximately the same time to take advantage of what Nuveen Asset Management believes
23
to be a temporary price disparity between the two securities. Temporary price disparities between two comparable securities may result from supply and demand imbalances where, for example, a temporary oversupply of certain securities may cause a temporarily low price for such securities, as compared with other securities of like quality and characteristics.
A security also may be sold when Nuveen Asset Management anticipates a change in the price of such security, Nuveen Asset Management believes the price of a security has reached or is near a realistic maximum, or there are other securities that Nuveen Asset Management believes are more attractive given the Fund’s investment objectives. The Fund also may engage to a limited extent in short-term trading consistent with its investment objectives. Securities may be sold in anticipation of a market decline or purchased in anticipation of a market rise and later sold, but the Fund will not engage in trading solely to recognize a gain. Subject to the foregoing, the Fund will attempt to achieve its investment objectives by prudent selection of securities with a view to holding them for investment. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 46%. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income.
24
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
The management of the Fund, including general supervision of the duties performed for the Fund under the investment management agreement with Nuveen Fund Advisors (the “Investment Management Agreement”), is the responsibility of the Board of Trustees of the Fund. The number of trustees of the Fund is twelve, none of whom are an “interested person” (as the term “interested person” is defined in the 1940 Act) (referred to herein as “independent trustees”). None of the independent trustees has ever been a director, trustee or employee of, or consultant to, Nuveen, Nuveen Fund Advisors, Nuveen Asset Management, or their affiliates. Currently the Board of Trustees consists of William C. Hunter, Amy B. R. Lancellotta, Joanne T. Medero, Margaret L. Wolff, John K. Nelson, Matthew Thornton III, Terence J. Toth, Robert L. Young, Jack B. Evans and Albin F. Moschner. If the Fund issues Preferred Shares, two of the Fund’s trustees would be elected by the holders of such Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class. The remaining trustees of the Fund would be elected by holders of common shares and Preferred Shares, voting together as a class. In the event that the Fund fails to pay dividends on outstanding Preferred Shares for two years, holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of trustees of the Fund. The officers of the Fund serve annual terms and are elected on an annual basis. The names, business addresses and years of birth of the trustees and officers of the Fund, their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years, the number of portfolios each trustee oversees and other directorships they hold are set forth below. Except as noted in the table below, as of July 27, 2023, the trustees of the Fund are directors or trustees, as the case may be, of 67 Nuveen-sponsored open-end mutual funds (the “Nuveen Mutual Funds”); and 52 Nuveen-sponsored closed-end funds and 19 Nuveen-sponsored exchange-traded funds (collectively with the Nuveen Mutual Funds and the Nuveen-sponsored closed-end funds, the “Nuveen Funds”).
25
Name, Business Address and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Fund |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served with Funds in the Fund Complex |
Principal Occupation(s) |
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen By Trustee |
Other | |||||
Independent Trustees | ||||||||||
Terence J. Toth 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1959) |
Chairman of the Board and Trustee |
Term—Since Inception Length of Service— |
Formerly, Co-Founding Partner, Promus Capital (investment advisory firm) (2008-2017); formerly, Director of Quality Control Corporation (manufacturing) ( 2012-2021); formerly, Director of Fulcrum IT Services LLC (information technology services firm to government entities) (2010-2019); formerly, Director, LogicMark LLC (health services) (2012-2016); formerly, Director, Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc. (asset management) (2008-2013); formerly, CEO and President, Northern Trust Global Investments (financial services) (2004-2007); Executive Vice President, Quantitative Management & Securities Lending (2000-2004); prior thereto, various positions with Northern Trust Company (financial services) (since 1994); Chair of the Board of the Kehrein Center for the Arts (philanthropy) (since 2021); Member of Catalyst Schools of Chicago Board (since 2008) and Mather Foundation Board (philanthropy) (since 2012), formerly, Chair of its Investment Committee (2017-2022); formerly, Member, Chicago Fellowship Board (philanthropy) (2005-2016); formerly, Member, Northern Trust Mutual Funds Board (2005-2007), Northern Trust Global Investments Board (2004-2007), Northern Trust Japan Board (2004-2007), Northern Trust Securities Inc. Board (2003-2007) and Northern Trust Hong Kong Board (1997-2004). | 138 | None |
26
Name, Business Address and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Fund |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served with Funds in the Fund Complex |
Principal Occupation(s) |
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen By Trustee |
Other Trustee During Past | |||||
Jack B. Evans 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1948) |
Trustee | Term—Since Inception Length of Service— |
Chairman (since 2019), formerly, President (1996-2019), The Hall-Perrine Foundation, (private philanthropic corporation); Life Trustee of Coe College; formerly, Director, Public Member, American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery (2015-2020); Director (1997-2003), Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago; President and Chief Operating Officer (1972-1995), SCI Financial Group, Inc. (regional financial services firm); Member and President Pro Tem of the Board of Regents for the State of Iowa University System (2007-2013); Director (1996-2015), The Gazette Company (media and publishing). | 138 | Formerly, Director and Chairman (2009-2021), United Fire Group, a publicly held company; formerly, Director (2000-2004), Alliant Energy. |
27
Name, Business Address and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Fund |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served with Funds in the Fund Complex |
Principal Occupation(s) |
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen By Trustee |
Other Trustee During Past | |||||
William C. Hunter 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1948) |
Trustee | Term—Since Inception Length of Service— |
Dean Emeritus, formerly, Dean (2006- 2012), Tippie College of Business, University of Iowa; past Director (2005-2015) and past President (2010-2014) of Beta Gamma Sigma, Inc., The International Business Honor Society; formerly, Director (1997-2007), Credit Research Center at Georgetown University; formerly, Dean and Distinguished Professor of Finance (2003-2006), School of Business at the University of Connecticut; previously, Senior Vice President and Director of Research (1995-2003) at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. | 138 | Director (since 2009) of Wellmark, Inc.; formerly, Director (2004-2018) of Xerox Corporation. |
28
Name, Business Address and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Fund |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served with Funds in the Fund Complex |
Principal Occupation(s) |
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen By Trustee |
Other | |||||
Amy B. R. Lancellotta 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1959) |
Trustee | Term—Since 2021 Length of Service— |
Formerly, Managing Director, Independent Directors Council (IDC) (supports the fund independent director community and is part of the Investment Company Institute (ICI), which represents regulated investment companies) (2006-2019); formerly, various positions with ICI (1989-2006); Member of the Board of Directors, Jewish Coalition Against Domestic Abuse (JCADA) (since 2020). | 138 | None |
29
Name, Business Address and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Fund |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served with Funds in the Fund Complex |
Principal Occupation(s) |
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen By Trustee |
Other | |||||
Joanne T. Medero 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1954) |
Trustee | Term—Since 2021 Length of Service— |
Formerly, Managing Director, Government Relations and Public Policy (2009-2020) and Senior Advisor to the Vice Chairman (2018-2020), BlackRock, Inc. (global investment management firm); formerly, Managing Director, Global Head of Government Relations and Public Policy, Barclays Group (IBIM) (investment banking, investment management and wealth management businesses) (2006-2009); formerly, Managing Director, Global General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Barclays Global Investors (global investment management firm) (1996-2006); formerly, Partner, Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP (law firm) (1993-1995); formerly, General Counsel, Commodity Futures Trading Commission (government agency overseeing U.S. derivatives markets) (1989-1993); formerly, Deputy Associate Director/Associate Director for Legal and Financial Affairs, Office of Presidential Personnel, The White House (1986-1989); Member of the Board of Directors, Baltic-American Freedom Foundation (seeks to provide opportunities for citizens of the Baltic states to gain education and professional development through exchanges in the U.S.) (since 2019). | 138 | None |
30
Name, Business Address and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Fund |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served with Funds in the Fund Complex |
Principal Occupation(s) |
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen By Trustee |
Other | |||||
Albin F. Moschner 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1952) |
Trustee | Term—Since Inception Length of Service— |
Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Northcroft Partners, LLC (management consulting) (since 2012); previously, held positions at Leap Wireless International, Inc. (consumer wireless services), including Consultant (2011-2012), Chief Operating Officer (2008-2011) and Chief Marketing Officer (2004-2008); formerly, President, Verizon Card Services division of Verizon Communications, Inc. (telecommunication services) (2000- 2003); formerly, President, One Point Services at One Point Communications (telecommunication services) (1999-2000); formerly, Vice Chairman of the Board, Diba, Incorporated (internet technology provider) (1996-1997); formerly, various executive positions (1991-1996), including Chief Executive Officer (1995-1996) of Zenith Electronics Corporation (consumer electronics). | 138 | Formerly, Chairman (2019) and Director (2012-2019), USA Technologies, Inc., a provider of solutions and services to facilitate electronic payment transactions; formerly, Director, Wintrust Financial Corporation (1996-2016). |
31
Name, Business Address and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Fund |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served with Funds in the Fund Complex |
Principal Occupation(s) |
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen By Trustee |
Other | |||||
John K. Nelson 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1962) |
Trustee | Term—Since Inception Length of Service— Since 2013 |
Member of Board of Directors of Core12 LLC (private firm which develops branding, marketing and communications strategies for clients) (since 2008); served on The President’s Council of Fordham University (2010-2019) and previously a Director of the Curran Center for Catholic American Studies (2009-2018); formerly, senior external advisor to the Financial Services practice of Deloitte Consulting LLP (2012- 2014); former Chair of the Board of Trustees of Marian University (2010-2014 as trustee, 2011-2014 as Chair); formerly, Chief Executive Officer of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., North America, and Global Head of the Financial Markets Division (2007-2008), with various executive leadership roles in ABN AMRO Bank N.V. between 1996 and 2007. | 138 | None |
32
Name, Business Address and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Fund |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served with Funds in the Fund Complex |
Principal Occupation(s) |
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen By Trustee |
Other Directorships | |||||
Matthew Thornton III 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1958) |
Trustee | Term—Since 2020 Length of Service— Since 2020 |
Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (2018-2019), FedEx Freight Corporation, a subsidiary of FedEx Corporation (“FedEx”) (provider of transportation, e-commerce and business services through its portfolio of companies); formerly, Senior Vice President, U.S. Operations (2006- 2018), Federal Express Corporation, a subsidiary of FedEx; formerly, Member of the Board of Directors (2012-2018), Safe Kids Worldwide® (non-profit organization dedicated to preventing childhood injuries). | 138 | Member of the Board of Directors (since 2014), The Sherwin-Williams Company (develops, manufactures, distributes and sells paints, coatings and related products); Member of the Board of Directors (since 2020), Crown Castle International (provider of communications infrastructure). | |||||
Margaret L. Wolff 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1955) |
Trustee | Term—Since Inception Length of Service— |
Formerly, Of Counsel (2005- 2014), Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (Mergers & Acquisitions Group) (legal services); Member of the Board of Trustees of New York-Presbyterian Hospital (since 2005); Member (since 2004), formerly, Chair (2015-2022) of the Board of Trustees of The John A. Hartford Foundation (philanthropy dedicated to improving the care of older adults); formerly, Member (2005-2015) and Vice Chair (2011- 2015) of the Board of Trustees of Mt. Holyoke College. | 138 | Formerly, Member of the Board of Directors (2013- 2017) of Travelers Insurance Company of Canada and The Dominion of Canada General Insurance Company (each, a part of Travelers Canada, the Canadian operation of The Travelers Companies, Inc.). |
33
Name, Business Address and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Fund |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served with Funds in the Fund Complex |
Principal Occupation(s) |
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen By Trustee |
Other | |||||
Robert L. Young 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1963) |
Trustee | Term—Since Inception Length of Service— |
Formerly, Chief Operating Officer and Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (financial services) (2010-2016); formerly, President and Principal Executive Officer (2013-2016), and Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (2005-2010), of J.P. Morgan Funds; formerly, Director and various officer positions for J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (formerly, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. and formerly, One Group Administrative Services) and JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. (financial services) (formerly, One Group Dealer Services, Inc.) (1999-2017). | 138 | None |
34
Name, Business Address and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Fund |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served with Funds in the Fund Complex |
Principal Occupations Including | |||||||
Officers of the Fund: | ||||||||||
David J. Lamb 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1963) |
|
Chief Administrative Officer |
|
|
Term—Indefinite Length of Service— |
|
Managing Director of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2019); Senior Managing Director (since 2021), formerly, Managing Director (2020-2021) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Senior Managing Director (since 2021), formerly, Managing Director (2017-2021), Senior Vice President of Nuveen (2006-2017), Vice President prior to 2006. | |||
Brett E. Black 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1972) |
|
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer |
|
|
Term—Indefinite Length of Service— |
|
Enterprise Senior Compliance Officer of Nuveen (since 2022); formerly, Vice President (2014-2022), Chief Compliance Officer (2017-2022), Deputy Chief Compliance Officer (2014-2017) of BMO Funds, Inc. | |||
Mark J. Czarniecki 901 Marquette Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55402 (1979) |
|
Vice President and Assistant Secretary |
|
|
Term—Indefinite Length of Service— Since 2013 |
|
Managing Director (since 2022), formerly, Vice President (2016-2022), and Assistant Secretary (since 2016) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Managing Director (since 2022), formerly, Vice President (2017-2022) and Assistant Secretary (since 2017) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director (since 2022), formerly, Vice President (2018-2022), Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary (since 2018) of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC; Managing Director and Associate General Counsel (since January 2022), formerly, Vice President and Associate General Counsel of Nuveen (2013-2021). | |||
Diana R. Gonzalez 8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd. Charlotte, NC 28262 (1978) |
|
Vice President and Assistant Secretary |
|
|
Term—Indefinite Length of Service— Since 2017 |
|
Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2017); Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (since 2022); Vice President and Associate General Counsel of Nuveen (since 2017); Associate General Counsel of Jackson National Asset Management (2012-2017). | |||
Nathaniel T. Jones 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1979) |
|
Vice President and Treasurer |
|
|
Term—Indefinite Length of Service— Since 2016 |
|
Senior Managing Director (since 2021), formerly, Managing Director (2017-2021), Senior Vice President (2016-2017) of Nuveen; Managing Director (since 2015) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Chartered Financial Analyst. |
35
Name, Business Address and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Fund |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served with Funds in the Fund Complex |
Principal Occupations Including | |||
Tina M. Lazar 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1961) |
Vice President | Term—Indefinite Length of Service— Since 2002 |
Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (2014-2017) of Nuveen Securities, LLC. | |||
Brian J. Lockhart 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1974) |
Vice President | Term—Indefinite Length of Service— Since 2019 |
Managing Director (since 2019) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Senior Managing Director (since 2021), formerly, Managing Director (2017-2021), Vice President (2010-2017) of Nuveen; Head of Investment Oversight (since September 2017), formerly, Team Leader of Manager Oversight (2015-2017); Chartered Financial Analyst and Certified Financial Risk Manager. | |||
John M. McCann 8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd. Charlotte, NC 28262 (1975) |
Vice President and Assistant Secretary |
Term—Indefinite Length of Service— Since 2022 |
Managing Director (since 2021), General Counsel and Secretary (since 2023), formerly, Assistant Secretary (2021-2023), of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (since 2021); Managing Director (since 2021) and Assistant Secretary (since 2016) of TIAA SMA Strategies LLC; Managing Director (since 2019, formerly, Vice President and Director), Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of College Retirement Equities Fund, TIAA Separate Account VA-1, TIAA-CREF Funds and TIAA-CREF Life Funds; Managing Director (since 2018), formerly, Vice President and Director, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America, Teacher Advisors LLC and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC; Vice President (since 2017), Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary (since 2011) of Nuveen Alternative Advisors LLC; General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Covariance Capital Management, Inc. (2014-2017). |
36
Name, Business Address and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Fund |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served with Funds in the Fund Complex |
Principal Occupations Including | |||
Kevin J. McCarthy 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1966) |
Vice President and Assistant Secretary |
Term—Indefinite Length of Service— Since 2016 |
Executive Vice President (since 2022) and Secretary and General Counsel (since 2016) of Nuveen Investments, Inc., formerly, Senior Managing Director (2017-2022); Executive Vice President (since 2023) and Assistant Secretary (since 2008) of Nuveen Securities, LLC, formerly, Senior Managing Director (2017-2023); Executive Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2023) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, formerly, Senior Managing Director (2017-2023), Secretary (2016-2023) and Co-General Counsel (2011-2020); Executive Vice President (since 2023) and Secretary (since 2016) of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, formerly, Senior Managing Director (2017-2023) and Associate General Counsel (2011-2020); formerly, Vice President (2007-2021) and Secretary (2016-2021) of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC and Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC; Vice President and Secretary of Winslow Capital Management, LLC (since 2010); Executive Vice President (since 2023) and Secretary (since 2016) of Nuveen Alternative Investments, LLC, formerly, Senior Managing Director (2017-2023). | |||
Jon Scott Meissner 8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd. Charlotte, NC 28262 (1973) |
Vice President and Assistant Secretary |
Term—Indefinite Length of Service— Since 2019 |
Managing Director, Mutual Fund Tax and Expense Administration (since 2022), formerly, Managing Director of Mutual Fund Tax and Financial Reporting groups (2017-2022) at Nuveen; Managing Director (since 2019) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Directors (since 2021), formerly, Senior Director (2016-2021) of Teachers Advisors, LLC and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC; Managing Director, Mutual Fund and Tax Expense Administration (since 2022), formerly, Senior Director Mutual Fund Taxation (2015-2022), to the TIAA-CREF Funds, the TIAA-CREF Life Funds, the TIAA Separate Account VA-1 and the CREF Accounts; has held various positions with TIAA since 2004. | |||
William A. Siffermann 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1975) |
Vice President | Term—Indefinite Length of Service— Since 2017 |
Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (2016-2017) of Nuveen. |
37
Name, Business Address and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Fund |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served with Funds in the Fund Complex |
Principal Occupations Including | |||
Trey S. Stenersen 8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd. Charlotte, NC 28262 (1965) |
Vice President | Term—Indefinite Length of Service— Since 2022 |
Senior Managing Director of Teacher Advisors LLC and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC (since 2018); Senior Managing Director (since 2019) and Chief Risk Officer (since 2022), formerly Head of Investment Risk Management (2017-2022) of Nuveen; Senior Managing Director (since 2018) of Nuveen Alternative Advisors LLC. | |||
E. Scott Wickerham 8500 Andrew Carnegie Boulevard Charlotte, NC 28262 (1973) |
Vice President and Controller |
Term—Indefinite Length of Service— Since 2019 |
Senior Managing Director, Head of Public Investment Finance at Nuveen (since 2019), formerly, Managing Director; Senior Managing Director (since 2019), of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Senior Managing Director (since 2022) of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC; Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer and Treasurer (since 2017) of the TIAA-CREF Funds, the TIAA-CREF Life Funds, the TIAA Separate Account VA-1 and Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer (since 2020) and Treasurer (since 2017) to the CREF Accounts; has held various positions with TIAA since 2006. | |||
Mark L. Winget 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (1968) |
Vice President and Secretary |
Term—Indefinite Length of Service— Since 2008 |
Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since 2008); Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2019); Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (since 2020); Vice President (since 2010) and Associate General Counsel (since 2019) of Nuveen. | |||
Rachael Zufall 8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd. Charlotte, NC 28262 (1973) |
Vice President and Assistant Secretary |
Term—Indefinite Length of Service— Since 2022 |
Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (since 2023) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director (since 2017), Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary (since 2014) of the CREF Accounts, TIAA Separate Account VA-1, TIAA-CREF Funds and TIAA-CREF Life Funds; Managing Director (since 2017), Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary (since 2011) of Teacher Advisors, LLC and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC; Managing Director of Nuveen, LLC and of TIAA (since 2017). |
38
Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight
The Board of Directors or the Board of Trustees (as the case may be, each is referred to hereafter as the “Board”) oversees the operations and management of the Nuveen Funds (the “Funds”), including the duties performed for each Fund by its investment adviser. The Board has adopted a unitary board structure. A unitary board consists of one group of trustees who serve on the board of every fund in the complex. In adopting a unitary board structure, the trustees seek to provide effective governance through establishing a board, the overall composition of which, will, as a body, possess the appropriate skills, diversity (including, among other things, gender, race and ethnicity), independence and experience to oversee the Funds’ business. With this overall framework in mind, when the Board, through its Nominating and Governance Committee discussed below, seeks nominees for the Board, the trustees consider, not only the candidate’s particular background, skills and experience, among other things, but also whether such background, skills and experience enhance the Board’s diversity and at the same time complement the Board given its current composition and the mix of skills and experiences of the incumbent trustees. The Nominating and Governance Committee believes that the Board generally benefits from diversity of background (including, among other things, gender, race and ethnicity), skills, experience and views among its members, and considers this a factor in evaluating the composition of the Board, but has not adopted any specific policy on diversity or any particular definition of diversity.
The Board believes the unitary board structure enhances good and effective governance, particularly given the nature of the structure of the investment company complex. Funds in the same complex generally are served by the same service providers and personnel and are governed by the same regulatory scheme which raises common issues that must be addressed by the trustees across the fund complex (such as compliance, valuation, liquidity, brokerage, trade allocation or risk management). The Board believes it is more efficient to have a single board review and oversee common policies and procedures which increases the Board’s knowledge and expertise withrespect to the many aspects of fund operations that are complex-wide in nature. The unitary structure also enhances the Board’s influence and oversight over the investment adviser and other service providers.
In an effort to enhance the independence of the Board, the Board also has a chair that is an independent trustee. The Board recognizes that a chair can perform an important role in setting the agenda for the Board, establishing the boardroom culture, establishing a point person on behalf of the Board for fund management, and reinforcing the Board’s focus on the long-term interests of shareholders. The Board recognizes that a chair may be able to better perform these functions without any conflicts of interests arising from a position with fund management. Accordingly, the trustees have elected Terence J. Toth as the independent chair of the Board. Pursuant to the Fund’s By-laws, the Chair shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chair of the Board and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the trustees or the By-Laws.
Although the Board has direct responsibility over various matters (such as advisory contracts and underwriting contracts), the Board also exercises certain of its oversight responsibilities through several committees that it has established and which report back to the full Board. The Board believes that a committee structure is an effective means to permit trustees to focus on particular operations or issues affecting the Funds, including risk oversight. More specifically, with respect to risk oversight, the Board has delegated matters relating to valuation, compliance and investment risk to certain committees (as summarized below). In addition, the Board believes that the periodic rotation of trustees among the different committees allows the trustees to gain additional and different perspectives of the Fund’s operations. The Board has established seven standing committees: the Executive Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Open-End Funds Committee, the Audit Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, the Investment Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board also may from time to time create ad hoc committees to focus on particular issues as the need arises. The membership and functions of the standing committees are summarized below.
The Executive Committee, which meets between regular meetings of the Board, is authorized to exercise all of the powers of the Board. Mr. Toth, Chair, Mr. Nelson and Mr. Young serve as the current
39
members of the Executive Committee of the Board. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Executive Committee met one time.
The Board has an Audit Committee, in accordance with Section 3(a) (58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“1934 Act”), that is composed of Independent Trustees who are also “independent” as that term is defined in the listing standards of the NYSE pertaining to closed-end funds. The Audit Committee assists the Board in the oversight and monitoring of the accounting and reporting policies, processes and practices of the Funds, and the audits of the financial statements of the Funds; the quality and integrity of the financial statements of the Funds; the Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory requirements relating to the Funds’ financial statements; the independent auditors’ qualifications, performance and independence; and the pricing procedures of the Funds and the internal valuation group of Nuveen. It is the responsibility of the Audit Committee to select, evaluate and replace any independent auditors (subject only to Board and, if applicable, shareholder ratification) and to determine their compensation. The Audit Committee is also responsible for, among other things, overseeing the valuation of securities comprising the Funds’ portfolios. Subject to the Board’s general supervision of such actions, the Audit Committee addresses any valuation issues, oversees the Funds’ pricing procedures and actions taken by Nuveen’s internal valuation group which provides regular reports to the committee, reviews any issues relating to the valuation of the Funds’ securities brought to its attention and considers the risks to the Funds in assessing the possible resolutions to these matters. The Audit Committee may also consider any financial risk exposures for the Funds in conjunction with performing its functions.
To fulfill its oversight duties, the Audit Committee receives annual and semi-annual reports and has regular meetings with the external auditors for the Funds and the internal audit group at Nuveen. The Audit Committee also may review in a general manner the processes the Board or other Board committees have in place with respect to risk assessment and risk management as well as compliance with legal and regulatory matters relating to the Funds’ financial statements. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. Members of the Audit Committee shall be independent (as set forth in the charter) and free of any relationship that, in the opinion of the Trustees, would interfere with their exercise of independent judgment as an Audit Committee member. The members of the Audit Committee are Mr. Nelson, Chair, Mr. Evans, Mr. Moschner, Ms. Wolff and Mr. Young, each of whom is an independent trustee of the Funds. A copy of the Charter is available at www.nuveen.com/fundgovernance. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Audit Committee met four times.
The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for seeking, identifying and recommending to the Board qualified candidates for election or appointment to the Board. In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee oversees matters of corporate governance, including the evaluation of Board performance and processes, the assignment and rotation of committee members, and the establishment of corporate governance guidelines and procedures, to the extent necessary or desirable, and matters related thereto. Although the unitary and committee structure has been developed over the years and the Nominating and Governance Committee believes the structure has provided efficient and effective governance, the committee recognizes that as demands on the Board evolve over time (such as through an increase in the number of funds overseen or an increase in the complexity of the issues raised), the committee must continue to evaluate the Board and committee structures and their processes and modify the foregoing as may be necessary or appropriate to continue to provide effective governance. Accordingly, the Nominating and Governance Committee has a separate meeting each year to, among other things, review the Board and committee structures, their performance and functions, and recommend any modifications thereto or alternative structures or processes that would enhance the Board’s governance over the Funds’ business.
In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee, among other things, makes recommendations concerning the continuing education of Trustees; monitors performance of legal counsel and other service providers; establishes and monitors a process by which security holders are be able to communicate in writing with members of the Board; and periodically reviews and makes recommendations about any appropriate changes to trustee compensation. In the event of a vacancy on the Board, the Nominating and Governance
40
Committee receives suggestions from various sources, including shareholders, as to suitable candidates. Suggestions should be sent in writing to William Siffermann, Managing Director of Fund Board Relations, Nuveen, LLC, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606. The Nominating and Governance Committee sets appropriate standards and requirements for nominations for new Trustees and reserves the right to interview any and all candidates and to make the final selection of any new Trustees. In considering a candidate’s qualifications, each candidate must meet certain basic requirements, including relevant skills and experience, time availability (including the time requirements for due diligence site visits to internal and external sub- advisors and service providers) and, if qualifying as an independent trustee candidate, independence from the Advisor, underwriters or other service providers, including any affiliates of these entities. These skill and experience requirements may vary depending on the current composition of the Board, since the goal is to ensure an appropriate range of skills, diversity and experience, in the aggregate. Accordingly, the particular factors considered and weight given to these factors will depend on the composition of the Board and the skills and backgrounds of the incumbent Trustees at the time of consideration of the nominees. All candidates, however, must meet high expectations of personal integrity, independence, governance experience and professional competence. All candidates must be willing to be critical within the Board and with management and yet maintain a collegial and collaborative manner toward other Board members. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. This committee is composed of the independent Trustees of the Funds. Accordingly, the members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Mr. Toth, Chair, Mr. Evans, Dr. Hunter, Ms. Lancellotta, Ms. Medero, Mr. Moschner, Mr. Nelson, Mr. Thornton, Ms. Wolff and Mr. Young. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Nominating and Governance Committee met seven times.
The Dividend Committee is authorized to declare distributions on the Funds’ shares including, but not limited to, regular and special dividends, capital gains and ordinary income distributions. The members of the Dividend Committee are Mr. Young, Chair, Mr. Moschner, Mr. Nelson and Mr. Thornton. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Dividend Committee met five times.
The Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee (the “Compliance Committee”) is responsible for the oversight of compliance issues, risk management and other regulatory matters affecting the Funds that are not otherwise the jurisdiction of the other committees. The Board has adopted and periodically reviews policies and procedures designed to address the Funds’ compliance and risk matters. As part of its duties, the Compliance Committee reviews the policies and procedures relating to compliance matters and recommends modifications thereto as necessary or appropriate to the full Board; develops new policies and procedures as new regulatory matters affecting the Funds arise from time to time; evaluates or considers any comments or reports from examinations from regulatory authorities and responses thereto; and performs any special reviews, investigations or other oversight responsibilities relating to risk management, compliance and/or regulatory matters as requested by the Board.
In addition, the Compliance Committee is responsible for risk oversight, including, but not limited to, the oversight of general risks related to investments which are not reviewed by other committees, such as liquidity and derivatives usage risks related to product structure elements, such as leverage; and techniques that may be used to address the foregoing risks, such as hedging and swaps and Fund operational risk and risks related to the overall operation of the Nuveen enterprise and, in each case, the controls designed to address or mitigate such risks. In assessing issues brought to the committee’s attention or in reviewing a particular policy, procedure, investment technique or strategy, the Compliance Committee evaluates the risks to the Funds in adopting a particular approach or resolution compared to the anticipated benefits to the Funds and their shareholders. In fulfilling its obligations, the Compliance Committee meets on a quarterly basis, and at least once a year in person. The Compliance Committee receives written and oral reports from the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and meets privately with the CCO at each of its quarterly meetings. The CCO also provides an annual report to the full Board regarding the operations of the Funds’ and other service providers’ compliance programs as well as any recommendations for modifications thereto. Matters not addressed at the committee level are addressed directly by the full Board. The committee operates under a written charter adopted
41
and approved by the Board. The members of the Compliance Committee are Ms. Wolff, Chair, Dr. Hunter, Ms. Lancellotta, Ms. Medero, Mr. Thornton and Mr. Toth. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Compliance Committee met four times.
The Investment Committee is responsible for the oversight of Nuveen Fund performance, investment risk management and other portfolio-related matters affecting the Nuveen Funds which are not otherwise the jurisdiction of the other Board committees. As part of such oversight, the Investment Committee reviews each Nuveen Fund’s investment performance and investment risks, which may include, but is not limited to, an evaluation of Nuveen Fund performance relative to investment objectives, benchmarks and peer group; a review of risks related to portfolio investments, such as exposures to particular issuers, market sectors, or types of securities, as well as consideration of other factors that could impact or are related to Nuveen Fund performance; and an assessment of Nuveen Fund objectives, policies and practices as such may relate to Nuveen Fund performance. In assessing issues brought to the committee’s attention or in reviewing an investment policy, technique or strategy, the Investment Committee evaluates the risks to the Nuveen Funds in adopting or recommending a particular approach or resolution compared to the anticipated benefits to the Nuveen Funds and their shareholders.
In fulfilling its obligations, the Investment Committee receives quarterly reports from the investment oversight and the investment risk groups at Nuveen. Such groups also report to the full Board on a quarterly basis and the full Board participates in further discussions with fund management at its quarterly meetings regarding matters relating to Nuveen Fund performance and investment risks, including with respect to the various drivers of performance and Nuveen Fund use of leverage and hedging. Accordingly, the Board directly and/or in conjunction with the Investment Committee oversees the investment performance and investment risk management of the Nuveen Funds. The Investment Committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. This committee is composed of the independent trustees of the Nuveen Funds. Accordingly, the members of the Investment Committee are Dr. Hunter, Chair, Mr. Evans, Ms. Lancellotta, Ms. Medero, Mr. Moschner, Mr. Nelson, Mr. Thornton, Mr. Toth, Ms. Wolff and Mr. Young. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Investment Committee met one time.
The Open-End Funds Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in the oversight and monitoring of the Nuveen Funds that are registered as open-end management investment companies (“Open-End Funds”). The committee may review and evaluate matters related to the formation and the initial presentation to the Board of any new Open-End Fund and may review and evaluate any matters relating to any existing Open-End Fund. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. The members of the Open-End Funds Committee are Mr. Moschner, Chair, Ms. Medero, Mr. Thornton, Mr. Toth and Mr. Young. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 the Open-End Funds Committee met four times.
Board Diversification and Trustee Qualifications. In determining that a particular trustee was qualified to serve on the Board, the Board considered each trustee’s background, skills, experience and other attributes in light of the composition of the Board with no particular factor controlling. The Board believes that trustees need to have the ability to critically review, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, and to interact effectively with Fund management, service providers and counsel, in order to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties, and the Board believes each trustee satisfies this standard. An effective trustee may achieve this ability through his or her educational background; business, professional training or practice; public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member or executive of investment funds, public companies or significant private or not-for-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. Accordingly, set forth below is a summary of the experiences, qualifications, attributes and skills that led to the conclusion, as of the date of this document, that each trustee should serve in that capacity. References to the experiences, qualifications, attributes and skills of trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out the Board or any trustee as having any special expertise or experience and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.
42
Jack B. Evans
Mr. Evans has served as Chairman (since 2019), formerly, President from 1996-2019 of the Hall-Perrine Foundation, a private philanthropic corporation. Mr. Evans was formerly President and Chief Operating Officer (1972-1995) of the SCI Financial Group, Inc., a regional financial services firm headquartered in Cedar Rapids, Iowa. Formerly, he was a member of the Board of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago from 1997 to 2003 as well as a Director of Alliant Energy from 2000 to 2004 and Member and President Pro Tem of the Board of Regents for the State of Iowa University System from 2007 to 2013. Mr. Evans is a Life Trustee of Coe College and formerly served as Chairman of the Board of United Fire Group from 2009 to 2021, served as a Director and Public Member of the American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery form 2015 to 2020 and served on the Board of The Gazette Company from 1996 to 2015. He has a Bachelor of Arts from Coe College and an M.B.A. from the University of Iowa. Mr. Evans joined the Board in 1999.
William C. Hunter
Dr. Hunter became Dean Emeritus of the Henry B. Tippie College of Business at the University of Iowa in 2012, after having served as Dean of the College since July 2006. He had been Dean and Distinguished Professor of Finance at the University of Connecticut School of Business from 2003 to 2006. From 1995 to 2003, he was the Senior Vice President and Director of Research at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. He has held faculty positions at Emory University, Atlanta University, the University of Georgia and Northwestern University. He has consulted with numerous foreign central banks and official agencies in Europe, Asia, Central America and South America. He has been a Director of Wellmark, Inc. since 2009. He is a past Director (2005- 2015) and a past President (2010-2014) of Beta Gamma Sigma, Inc., The International Business Honor Society, and a past Director (2004-2018) of the Xerox Corporation. Dr. Hunter received his PhD (1978) and MBA (1970) from Northwestern University and his BS from Hampton University (1970). Dr. Hunter joined the Board in 2004.
Amy B. R. Lancellotta
After 30 years of service, Ms. Lancellotta retired at the end of 2019 from the Investment Company Institute (ICI), which represents regulated investment companies on regulatory, legislative and securities industry initiatives that affect funds and their shareholders. From November 2006 until her retirement, Ms. Lancellotta served as Managing Director of ICI’s Independent Directors Council (IDC), which supports fund independent directors in fulfilling their responsibilities to promote and protect the interests of fund shareholders. At IDC, Ms. Lancellotta was responsible for all ICI and IDC activities relating to the fund independent director community. In conjunction with her responsibilities, Ms. Lancellotta advised and represented IDC, ICI, independent directors and the investment company industry on issues relating to fund governance and the role of fund directors. She also directed and coordinated IDC’s education, communication, governance and policy initiatives. Prior to serving as Managing Director of IDC, Ms. Lancellotta held various other positions with ICI beginning in 1989. Before joining ICI, Ms. Lancellotta was an associate at two Washington, D.C. law firms. In addition, since 2020, she has been a member of the Board of Directors of the Jewish Coalition Against Domestic Abuse (JCADA), an organization that seeks to end power-based violence, empower survivors and ensure safe communities. Ms. Lancellotta received a B.A. degree from Pennsylvania State University in 1981 and a J.D. degree from the National Law Center, George Washington University (currently known as George Washington University Law School) in 1984.
Joanne T. Medero
Ms. Medero has over 30 years of financial services experience and, most recently, from December 2009 until her retirement in July 2020, she was a Managing Director in the Government Relations and Public Policy Group at BlackRock, Inc. (BlackRock). From July 2018 to July 2020, she was also Senior Advisor to BlackRock’s Vice Chairman, focusing on public policy and corporate governance issues. In 1996, Ms. Medero
43
joined Barclays Global Investors (BGI), which merged with BlackRock in 2009. At BGI, she was a Managing Director and served as Global General Counsel and Corporate Secretary until 2006. Then, from 2006 to 2009, Ms. Medero was a Managing Director and Global Head of Government Relations and Public Policy at Barclays Group (IBIM), where she provided policy guidance and directed legislative and regulatory advocacy programs for the investment banking, investment management and wealth management businesses. Before joining BGI, Ms. Medero was a Partner at Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP from 1993 to 1995, where she specialized in derivatives and financial markets regulation issues. Additionally, she served as General Counsel of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) from 1989 to 1993 and, from 1986 to 1989, she was Deputy Associate Director/Associate Director for Legal and Financial Affairs at The White House Office of Presidential Personnel. Further, from 2006 to 2010, Ms. Medero was a member of the CFTC Global Markets Advisory Committee and she has been actively involved in financial industry associations, serving as Chair of the Steering Committee of the SIFMA (Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association) Asset Management Group (2016-2018) and Chair of the CTA (Commodity Trading Advisor), CPO (Commodity Pool Operator) and Futures Committee of the Managed Funds Association (2010-2012). Currently, Ms. Medero chairs the Corporations, Antitrust and Securities Practice Group of The Federalist Society for Law and Public Policy (from 2010 to 2022 and 2000 to 2002). In addition, since 2019, she has been a member of the Board of Directors of the Baltic-American Freedom Foundation, which seeks to provide opportunities for citizens of the Baltic states to gain education and professional development through exchanges in the United States. Ms. Medero received a B.A. degree from St. Lawrence University in 1975 and a J.D. degree from the National Law Center, George Washington University (currently known as George Washington University Law School) in 1978.
Albin F. Moschner
Mr. Moschner is a consultant in the wireless industry and, in July 2012, founded Northcroft Partners, LLC, a management consulting firm that provides operational, management and governance solutions. Prior to founding Northcroft Partners, LLC, Mr. Moschner held various positions at Leap Wireless International, Inc., a provider of wireless services, where he was as a consultant from February 2011 to July 2012, Chief Operating Officer from July 2008 to February 2011, and Chief Marketing Officer from August 2004 to June 2008. Before he joined Leap Wireless International, Inc., Mr. Moschner was President of the Verizon Card Services division of Verizon Communications, Inc. from 2000 to 2003, and President of One Point Services at One Point Communications from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Moschner also served at Zenith Electronics Corporation as Director, President and Chief Executive Officer from 1995 to 1996, and as Director, President and Chief Operating Officer from 1994 to 1995. Mr. Moschner was formerly Chairman (2019) and a member of the Board of Directors (2012-2019) of USA Technologies, Inc. and, from 1996 until 2016, he was a member of the Board of Directors of Wintrust Financial Corporation. In addition, he is emeritus (since 2018) of the Advisory Boards of the Kellogg School of Management (1995-2018) and the Archdiocese of Chicago Financial Council (2012-2018). Mr. Moschner received a Bachelor of Engineering degree in Electrical Engineering from The City College of New York in 1974 and a Master of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Syracuse University in 1979. Mr. Moschner joined the Board in 2016.
John K. Nelson
Mr. Nelson is on the Board of Directors of Core12, LLC. (since 2008), a private firm which develops branding, marketing, and communications strategies for clients. Mr. Nelson has extensive experience in global banking and markets, having served in several senior executive positions with ABN AMRO Holdings N.V. and its affiliated entities and predecessors, including LaSalle Bank Corporation from 1996 to 2008, ultimately serving as Chief Executive Officer of ABN AMRO N.V. North America. During his tenure at the bank, he also served as Global Head of its Financial Markets Division, which encompassed the bank’s Currency, Commodity, Fixed Income, Emerging Markets, and Derivatives businesses. He was a member of the Foreign Exchange Committee of the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States and during his tenure with ABN AMRO served as the bank’s representative on various committees of The Bank of Canada, European Central Bank, and The Bank of England.
44
Mr. Nelson previously served as a senior, external advisor to the financial services practice of Deloitte Consulting LLP. (2012-2104). At Fordham University, he served as a director of The President’s Council (2010-2019) and previously served as a director of The Curran Center for Catholic American Studies (2009-2018). He served as a trustee and Chairman of The Board of Trustees of Marian University (2011-2013). Mr. Nelson is a graduate of Fordham University, holding a BA in Economics and an MBA in Finance. Mr. Nelson joined the Board in 2013.
Matthew Thornton III
Mr. Thornton has over 40 years of broad leadership and operating experience from his career with FedEx Corporation (“FedEx”), which, through its portfolio of companies, provides transportation, e-commerce and business services. In November 2019, Mr. Thornton retired as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of FedEx Freight Corporation (FedEx Freight), a subsidiary of FedEx, where, from May 2018 until his retirement, he had been responsible for day-to-day operations, strategic guidance, modernization of freight operations and delivering innovative customer solutions. From September 2006 to May 2018, Mr. Thornton served as Senior Vice President, U.S. Operations at Federal Express Corporation (FedEx Express), a subsidiary of FedEx. Prior to September 2006, Mr. Thornton held a range of positions of increasing responsibility with FedEx, including various management positions. In addition, Mr. Thornton currently (since 2014) serves on the Board of Directors of The Sherwin-Williams Company, where he is a member of the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and the Board of Directors of Crown Castle International (since 2020), where he is a member of the Strategy Committee and the Compensation Committee. Formerly (2012-2018), he was a member of the Board of Directors of Safe Kids Worldwide®, a non-profit organization dedicated to the prevention of childhood injuries. Mr. Thornton is a member (since 2014) of the Executive Leadership Council (ELC), the nation’s premier organization of global black senior executives. He is also a member of the National Association of Corporate Directors (NACD). Mr. Thornton has been recognized by Black Enterprise on its 2017 list of the Most Powerful Executives in Corporate America and by Ebony on its 2016 Power 100 list of the world’s most influential and inspiring African Americans. Mr. Thornton received a B.B.A. degree from the University of Memphis in 1980 and an M.B.A. from the University of Tennessee in 2001. Mr. Thornton joined the Board in 2020.
Terence J. Toth
Mr. Toth, the Nuveen Funds’ Independent Chair, was a Co-Founding Partner of Promus Capital (2008-2017). From 2012 to 2021, he was a Director of Quality Control Corporation, from 2010 to 2019, he was a Director of Fulcrum IT Service LLC and from 2012 to 2016, he was a Director of LogicMark LLC. From 2008 to 2013, he was a Director, Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc. From 2004 to 2007, he was Chief Executive Officer and President of Northern Trust Global Investments, and Executive Vice President of Quantitative Management & Securities Lending from 2000 to 2004. He also formerly served on the Board of the Northern Trust Mutual Funds. He joined Northern Trust in 1994 after serving as Managing Director and Head of Global Securities Lending at Bankers Trust (1986 to 1994) and Head of Government Trading and Cash Collateral Investment at Northern Trust from 1982 to 1986. He currently serves as Chair of the Board of the Kehrein Center for the Arts (since 2021) and is on the Board of Catalyst Schools of Chicago since 2008. He is on the Mather Foundation Board since 2012 and is Chair of its Investment Committee. Mr. Toth graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Illinois, and received his MBA from New York University. In 2005, he graduated from the CEO Perspectives Program at Northwestern University. Mr. Toth joined the Board in 2008.
Margaret L. Wolff
Ms. Wolff retired from Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP in 2014 after more than 30 years of providing client service in the Mergers & Acquisitions Group. During her legal career, Ms. Wolff devoted significant time to advising boards and senior management on U.S. and international corporate, securities, regulatory and strategic matters, including governance, shareholder, fiduciary, operational and management
45
issues. Ms. Wolff has been a trustee of New York-Presbyterian Hospital since 2005 and, since 2004, she has served as a trustee of The John A. Hartford Foundation (a philanthropy dedicated to improving the care of older adults) where she formerly served as Chair from 2015 to 2022. From 2013 to 2017, she was a Board member of Travelers Insurance Company of Canada and The Dominion of Canada General Insurance Company (each of which is a part of Travelers Canada, the Canadian operation of The Travelers Companies, Inc.). From 2005 to 2015, she was a trustee of Mt. Holyoke College and served as Vice Chair of the Board from 2011 to 2015. Ms. Wolff received her Bachelor of Arts from Mt. Holyoke College and her Juris Doctor from Case Western Reserve University School of Law. Ms. Wolff joined the Board in 2016.
Robert L. Young
Mr. Young has more than 30 years of experience in the investment management industry. From 1997 to 2017, he held various positions with J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“J.P. Morgan Investment”) and its affiliates (collectively, “J.P. Morgan”). Most recently, he served as Chief Operating Officer and Director of J.P. Morgan Investment (from 2010 to 2016) and as President and Principal Executive Officer of the J.P. Morgan Funds (from 2013 to 2016). As Chief Operating Officer of J.P. Morgan Investment, Mr. Young led service, administration and business platform support activities for J.P. Morgan’s domestic retail mutual fund and institutional commingled and separate account businesses, and co-led these activities for J.P. Morgan’s global retail and institutional investment management businesses. As President of the J.P. Morgan Funds, Mr. Young interacted with various service providers to these funds, facilitated the relationship between such funds and their boards, and was directly involved in establishing board agendas, addressing regulatory matters, and establishing policies and procedures. Before joining J.P. Morgan, Mr. Young, a former Certified Public Accountant (CPA), was a Senior Manager (Audit) with Deloitte & Touche LLP (formerly, Touche Ross LLP), where he was employed from 1985 to 1996. During his tenure there, he actively participated in creating, and ultimately led, the firm’s midwestern mutual fund practice. Mr. Young holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting from the University of Dayton and, from 2008 to 2011, he served on the Investment Committee of its Board of Trustees. Mr. Young joined the Board in 2017.
Independent Chairman
The trustees have elected Terence J. Toth as the independent Chairman of the Board of Trustees. Specific responsibilities of the Chairman include (a) presiding at all meetings of the Board of Trustees and of the shareholders; (b) seeing that all orders and resolutions of the trustees are carried into effect; and (c) maintaining records of and, whenever necessary, certifying all proceedings of the trustees and the shareholders.
Share Ownership
The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each trustee as of December 31, 2022:
Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund |
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustees in Nuveen Family Investment Companies |
|||||||
Jack B. Evans |
None | Over $100,000 | ||||||
William C. Hunter |
None | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Amy B. R. Lancellotta** |
None | $50,001-$100,000 | ||||||
Joanne T. Medero** |
None | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Albin F. Moschner |
None | Over $100,000 |
46
Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund |
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustees in Nuveen Family Investment Companies |
|||||||
John K. Nelson |
None | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Matthew Thornton III* |
None | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Terence J. Toth |
None | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Margaret L. Wolff |
None | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Robert L. Young |
None | Over $100,000 |
* | Mr. Thornton was elected to the Board, effective November 16, 2020. |
** | Ms. Lancellotta and Ms. Medero were appointed to the Board, effective June 1, 2021. |
As of December 31, 2022 no trustee who is not an interested person of the Fund or any of his or her immediate family members owns beneficially or of record, any security issued by Nuveen Fund Advisors, Nuveen Asset Management, Nuveen or any person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with Nuveen Fund Advisors, Nuveen Asset Management or Nuveen.
As of December 31, 2022 the officers and trustees of the Fund, in the aggregate, own none of the Fund’s equity securities.
Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities
Except as noted below in the table, to the Fund’s knowledge, no persons own of record 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s Common Shares, and no person is reflected on the books and records of the Fund as owning beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding Common Shares of any class of the Fund as of June 30, 2022, for Class I Common Shares, Class A1 Common Shares and Class A2 Common Shares.
Name/Address of Shareholder |
Share Class |
Percentage of | ||
TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY SOLE & SEPARATE PROPERTY ATTN LINDSAY LEHMAN 730 3RD AVE |
Class I Common Shares | 31.99%(1) | ||
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS 211 MAIN ST SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-1901 |
Class I Common Shares | 45.48%(1) | ||
UBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC FBO THOMAS R BRENDT DORIO KERRY DORIO JTWROS PO BOX 1194 GLEN NH 03838-1194 |
Class A1 Common Shares | 13.41% |
47
Name/Address of Shareholder |
Share Class |
Percentage of | ||
UBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC FBO THE CHRISTEN H D’ORIO LIVING TRUST DANA E D’ORIO TTEES 9185 TROON LAKES DRIVE NAPLES FL 34109-4315 |
Class A1 Common Shares | 15.14% |
(1) | Individual/entity owned 25% or more of the outstanding Common Shares of beneficial interest of the Fund, and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. A control person may be able to determine the outcome of a matter put to a Common Shareholder vote. It is anticipated that these parties will eventually no longer be control persons of the Fund over time, due to the continuous offering of the Fund’s Common Shares. |
As of June 30, 2023, each Fund’s officers and trustees, as a group, owned less than 1% of each class of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares.
Compensation
The following table shows, for each independent Trustee, (1) the aggregate compensation paid to each Trustee by the Fund for its fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, (2) the amount of total compensation paid to each Trustee by the Fund that has been deferred and (3) the total compensation paid to each Trustee by the Nuveen Funds during the calendar year ended December 31, 2022. The Fund does not have a retirement or pension plan. The officers and trustees affiliated with Nuveen serve without any compensation from the Fund.
The Fund has a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) that permits any trustee who is not an “interested person” of the Fund to elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of his or her compensation as a trustee. The deferred compensation of a participating trustee is credited to a book reserve account of the Fund when the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the trustee. The value of the trustee’s deferral account at any time is equal to the value that the account would have had if contributions to the account had been invested and reinvested in shares of one or more of the eligible Nuveen Funds. At the time for commencing distributions from a trustee’s deferral account, the trustee may elect to receive distributions in a lump sum or over a period of five years. The Fund will not be liable for any other fund’s obligations to make distributions under the Plan.
Aggregate Compensation from Fund(1) |
Amount of Total Compensation That Has Been Deferred(2) |
Total Compensation from Fund and Fund Complex(3) |
||||||||||
Jack B. Evans |
$ | 234 | $ | 22 | $ | 414,510 | ||||||
William C. Hunter |
$ | 220 | — | $ | 387,500 | |||||||
Amy B. R. Lancellotta |
$ | 210 | $ | 67 | $ | 369,128 | ||||||
Joanne T. Medero |
$ | 209 | $ | 102 | $ | 367,097 | ||||||
Albin F. Moschner |
$ | 252 | — | $ | 453,250 | |||||||
John K. Nelson |
$ | 240 | — | $ | 374,850 | |||||||
Judith M. Stockdale |
$ | 213 | $ | 158 | $ | 375,301 | ||||||
Carole E. Stone |
$ | 230 | $ | 56 | $ | 406,583 | ||||||
Matthew Thornton III |
$ | 219 | — | $ | 395,250 | |||||||
Terence J. Toth |
$ | 308 | — | $ | 544,750 | |||||||
Margaret L. Wolff |
$ | 231 | $ | 113 | $ | 406,474 | ||||||
Robert L. Young |
$ | 248 | $ | 184 | $ | 444,299 |
(1) | The compensation paid, including deferred amounts, to the independent trustees for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 for services to the Fund. |
48
(2) | Pursuant to a deferred compensation agreement with certain of the Nuveen Funds, deferred amounts are treated as though an equivalent dollar amount has been invested in shares of one or more eligible Nuveen funds. Total deferred fees for the Fund (including the return from the assumed investment in the eligible Nuveen Funds) payable are stated above. |
(3) | Based on the compensation paid (including any amounts deferred) for the calendar year ended December 31, 2022 for services to the Nuveen open-end and closed-end funds. Because the funds in the Nuveen fund complex have different fiscal year ends, the amounts shown in this column are presented on a calendar year basis. |
Prior to January 1, 2023, independent trustees received a $205,000 annual retainer, plus they received (a) a fee of $7,000 per day for attendance in person or by telephone at regularly scheduled meetings of the Board; (b) a fee of $3,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at special, non-regularly scheduled Board meetings where in-person attendance was required and $3,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required; (c) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Audit Committee meetings where in-person attendance was required and $2,250 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required; (d) a fee of $5,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee meetings where in-person attendance was required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required; (e) a fee of $1,250 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Dividend Committee meetings; (f) a fee of $500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at all other committee meetings ($1,000 for shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance was required and $250 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such committee meetings (excluding shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance was not required, and $100 per meeting when the Executive Committee acted as pricing committee for IPOs, plus, in each case, expenses incurred in attending such meetings, provided that no fees were received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings were held; and (g) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Open-End Funds Committee meetings where in-person attendance was required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required; provided that no fees were received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings were held. In addition to the payments described above, the Chair of the Board received $125,000, and the chairpersons of the Audit Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Open-End Funds Committee received $20,000 each as additional retainers. Independent trustees also received a fee of $3,500 per day for site visits to entities that provide services to the Nuveen Funds on days on which no Board meeting was held. When ad hoc committees are organized, the Nominating and Governance Committee at the time of formation determined compensation to be paid to the members of such committee; however, in general, such fees were $1,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at ad hoc committee meetings where in-person attendance was required and $500 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required. Any compensation paid to the independent directors as members of ad hoc committees is temporary in nature and not expected to be long-term, ongoing compensation. The annual retainer, fees and expenses were allocated among the Nuveen Funds on the basis of relative net assets, although management may have, in its discretion, established a minimum amount to be allocated to each fund. In certain instances fees and expenses were allocated only to those Nuveen Funds that were discussed at a given meeting. In certain circumstances, such as during the COVID-19 pandemic, the Board may have held in-person meetings by telephonic or videographic means and were compensated at the in-person rate.
Effective January 1, 2023, independent trustees receive a $210,000 annual retainer, plus they receive (a) a fee of $7,250 per day for attendance at regularly scheduled meetings of the Board; (b) a fee of $4,000 per meeting for attendance at special, non-regularly scheduled Board meetings; (c) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance at Audit Committee meetings, Open-End Fund Committee meetings and Investment Committee Meetings; (d) a fee of $5,000 per meeting for attendance at Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory
49
Oversight Committee meetings; (e) a fee of $1,250 per meeting for attendance at Dividend Committee meetings; and (f) a fee of $500 per meeting for attendance at all other committee meetings, and $100 per meeting when the Executive Committee acts as pricing committee for IPOs, plus, in each case, expenses incurred in attending such meetings, provided that no fees are received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings are held. In addition to the payments described above, the Chair of the Board receives $140,000, and the chairpersons of the Audit Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee, the Open-End Funds Committee and the Investment Committee receive $20,000 each as additional retainers. Independent trustees also receive a fee of $5,000 per day for site visits to entities that provide services to the Nuveen Funds on days on which no Board meeting is held. Per meeting fees for unscheduled Committee meetings or meetings of Ad Hoc or Special Assignment Committees will be determined by the Chair of such Committee based on the complexity or time commitment associated with the particular meeting. The annual retainer, fees and expenses are allocated among the Nuveen Funds on the basis of relative net assets, although management may, in its discretion, establish a minimum amount to be allocated to each fund. In certain instances fees and expenses will be allocated only to those Nuveen Funds that are discussed at a given meeting.
The Fund does not have retirement or pension plans. Certain Nuveen funds (the “Participating Funds”) participate in a deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) that permits an independent Trustee to elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of his or her compensation as an independent Trustee. The deferred compensation of a participating independent Trustee is credited to a book reserve account of the Participating Fund when the compensation would otherwise have been paid to such independent Trustee. The value of an independent Trustee’s deferral account at any time is equal to the value that the account would have had if contributions to the account had been invested and reinvested in shares of one or more of the eligible Nuveen funds. At the time for commencing distributions from an independent Trustee’s deferral account, the Independent trustee may elect to receive distributions in a lump sum or over a period of five years. The Participating Fund will not be liable for any other fund’s obligations to make distributions under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
The Fund has no employees. The officers of the Fund and the trustees of the Fund who are not independent Trustees serve without any compensation from the Fund.
INVESTMENT ADVISER
Nuveen Fund Advisors will be responsible for determining the Fund’s overall investment strategy and its implementation, including the Fund’s use of leverage and ongoing monitoring of Nuveen Asset Management. Nuveen Fund Advisors also is responsible for managing the Fund’s business affairs and providing certain clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services. For additional information regarding the management services performed by Nuveen Fund Advisors and further information about the investment management agreement between the Fund and Nuveen Fund Advisors, see “Management of the Fund” in the Prospectus.
Nuveen Fund Advisors is an indirect subsidiary of Nuveen, the investment management arm of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America (“TIAA”). TIAA is a life insurance company founded in 1918 by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and is the companion organization of College Retirement Equities Fund. As of June 30, 2023, Nuveen managed approximately $1.2 trillion in assets, of which approximately $140.9 billion was managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors.
Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Fund has agreed to pay an annual management fee for the overall advisory and administrative services and general office facilities provided by Nuveen Fund Advisors. The Fund’s management fee is separated into two components—a complex-level component, based on the aggregate amount of all Nuveen Fund assets managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors, and a specific fund-level component, based only on the amount of assets within the Fund. This pricing structure enables Nuveen Fund shareholders to benefit from growth in the assets within each individual fund as well as from growth in the
50
amount of complex-wide assets managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors.
In addition to Nuveen Fund Advisors’ management fee, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its trustees (other than those affiliated with Nuveen), custodian, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of its independent registered accounting firm, expenses of repurchasing Common Shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, listing fees and taxes, if any. All fees and expenses are accrued daily and deducted before payment of distributions to shareholders.
Nuveen Fund Advisors has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses through July 31, 2025, so that the total annual operating expenses of the Fund (excluding any distribution and/or service fees that may be applicable to a particular class of shares, issuance and dividend costs of Preferred Shares that may be issued by the Fund, interest expenses, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses, fees incurred in acquiring and disposing of portfolio securities, litigation expenses and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 1.05% of the average daily Managed Assets of any class of Fund shares. This expense limitation may be terminated or modified prior to that date only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.
Fund-Level Fee
The fund-level fee shall be applied according to the following schedule:
Fund-Level Average Daily Managed Assets |
Fund-Level Fee Rate | |||
For the first $125 million |
0.8000 | % | ||
For the next $125 million |
0.7875 | % | ||
For the next $250 million |
0.7750 | % | ||
For the next $500 million |
0.7625 | % | ||
For the next $1 billion |
0.7500 | % | ||
For the next $3 billion |
0.7250 | % | ||
For Managed Assets over $5 billion |
0.7125 | % |
Complex-Level Fee
The effective rates of the complex-level fee at various specified complex-wide asset levels are as indicated in the following table:
Complex-Level Asset Breakpoint Level* |
Effective Rate At Breakpoint Level |
|||
$55 billion |
0.2000 | % | ||
$56 billion |
0.1996 | % | ||
$57 billion |
0.1989 | % | ||
$60 billion |
0.1961 | % | ||
$63 billion |
0.1931 | % | ||
$66 billion |
0.1900 | % | ||
$71 billion |
0.1851 | % |
51
Complex-Level Asset Breakpoint Level* |
Effective Rate At Breakpoint Level |
|||
$76 billion |
0.1806 | % | ||
$80 billion |
0.1773 | % | ||
$91 billion |
0.1691 | % | ||
$125 billion |
0.1599 | % | ||
$200 billion |
0.1505 | % | ||
$250 billion |
0.1469 | % | ||
$300 billion |
0.1445 | % |
* | The complex-level fee is calculated based upon the aggregate daily “eligible assets” of all Nuveen open-end and closed-end funds. Eligible assets do not include assets attributable to investments in other Nuveen funds or assets in excess of a determined amount (originally $2 billion) added to the Nuveen fund complex in connection with Nuveen Fund Advisors’s assumption of the management of the former First American Funds effective January 1, 2011, but do include certain assets of certain Nuveen funds that were reorganized into funds advised by an affiliate of Nuveen Fund Advisors during the 2019 calendar year. Eligible assets include closed-end fund assets managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors that are attributable to certain types of leverage. For these purposes, leverage includes the closed-end funds’ use of preferred stock and borrowings and certain investments in the residual interest certificates (also called inverse floating rate securities) in tender option bond (TOB) trusts, including the portion of assets held by the TOB trust that has been effectively financed by the trust’s issuance of floating rate securities, subject to an agreement by Nuveen Fund Advisors as to certain funds to limit the amount of such assets for determining eligible assets in certain circumstances. As of June 30, 2023, the complex-level fee rate was 0.1595%. |
The following table sets forth the management fee paid by the Fund for the fiscal periods indicated below:
Management Fee Net of Expense Reimbursement Paid for the Fiscal Periods Ended |
Expense Reimbursement for the Fiscal Periods Ended |
|||||||
Fiscal period ended March 31, 2022* |
$ | 391,573 | $ | 131,554 | ||||
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 |
$ | 642,756 | $ | 360,961 |
* | For the period June 30, 2021 (commencement of operations) through March 31, 2022. |
The Investment Management Agreement was approved by the Trustees of the Fund (including all of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund). By its terms, the Investment Management Agreement will remain in effect, unless earlier terminated as described below, for an initial two year period and shall continue thereafter on an annual basis so long as such continuation is approved at least annually by (1) the Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund and (2) a majority of the trustees who are not interested persons of any party to the Investment Management Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by either the Fund or Nuveen Fund Advisors upon 60 days’ written notice, and is automatically terminated in the event of its assignment as defined in the 1940 Act.
A discussion regarding the Board’s decision to renew the Investment Management Agreement may be found in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders dated March 31 of each year.
52
SUBADVISER
Nuveen Asset Management, a registered investment adviser, is the Fund’s sub-adviser responsible for investing the Fund’s Managed Assets and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nuveen Fund Advisors. Steven M. Hlavin, Daniel J. Close and Stephen J. Candido serve as the Fund’s portfolio managers and are responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio.
Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management, Nuveen Fund Advisors pays Nuveen Asset Management a portfolio management fee equal to 50% of the investment management fee paid on the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.
The following table sets forth the management fee paid by Nuveen Fund Advisors to Nuveen Asset Management for the periods indicated below:
Sub-Advisory Fees Paid by Nuveen Fund Advisors to Nuveen Asset Management |
||||
Fiscal period ended March 31, 2022* |
$ | 188,360 | ||
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 |
$ | 363,984 |
* | For the period June 30, 2021 (commencement of operations) through March 31, 2022. |
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s decision to renew the Sub-Advisory Agreement for the Fund may be found in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders dated March 31 of each year.
Steven M. Hlavin is a member of the high yield portfolio management team, and is a portfolio manager for the Nuveen Short Duration High Yield Municipal Bond strategy and supports the management of the firm’s other High Yield Municipal Bond portfolios. He oversees a number of state-specific, tax-exempt portfolios including the Kansas Municipal Bond, Louisiana Municipal Bond and Wisconsin Municipal Bond strategies. He is also responsible for the tender option bond/inverse floating rate program used by some of the firm’s closed-end and open-end funds. In addition, he manages two closed-end funds that rely on the use of tender option bonds for leverage and co-manages several ETFs.
Mr. Hlavin began his career in the investment industry in 2003 when he joined the Nuveen Asset Management. Prior to his current position at the firm, he worked as a senior analyst responsible for risk management and performance measurement processes.
Mr. Hlavin graduated with a B.A. in Finance and Accounting and an M.B.A. in Finance from Miami University. He has been a speaker at the Leveraging Performance Attribution Analysis for Fixed Income Investments Conference series and the Municipal Bond Buyers Conference.
Daniel J. Close, CFA, is Managing Director and Portfolio Manager at Nuveen Asset Management. He began his career in the financial services industry in 1998 and joined Nuveen Asset Management in 2000. He served as a member of the product management and development team and then as a research analyst before assuming portfolio management responsibilities in 2007.
Stephen J. Candido, CFA, is Managing Director and Portfolio Manager at Nuveen Asset Management He began his career in the financial services industry when he joined Nuveen Asset Management in 1996. He served as a research analyst specializing in high yield sectors before assuming portfolio management responsibilities in 2016.
In addition to serving as a portfolio manager to the Fund, Mr. Hlavin is also primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the following accounts. Information is provided as of March 31, 2023 unless otherwise indicated:
53
Type of Account Managed |
Number of Accounts (Total) | Assets (Total) | ||||||
Registered Investment Company |
7 | $7.12 billion | ||||||
Other Pooled Vehicles |
1 | $428 million | ||||||
Other Accounts |
0 | $0 | ||||||
Type of Account Managed |
Number of Accounts with Performance-based Fees |
Assets (Accounts with Performance-based Fees) |
||||||
Registered Investment Company |
— | $— | ||||||
Other Pooled Vehicles |
— | $— | ||||||
Other Accounts |
— | $— |
In addition to serving as a portfolio manager to the Fund, Mr. Close is also primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the following accounts. Information is provided as of April 30, 2023 unless otherwise indicated:
Type of Account Managed |
Number of Accounts (Total) | Assets (Total) | ||||||
Registered Investment Company |
13 | $ | 25.78 billion | |||||
Other Pooled Vehicles |
23 | $4.74 billion | ||||||
Other Accounts |
37 | $ | 12.04 billion | |||||
Type of Account Managed |
Number of Accounts with Performance-based Fees |
Assets (Accounts with Performance-based Fees) |
||||||
Registered Investment Company |
— | $— | ||||||
Other Pooled Vehicles |
— | $— | ||||||
Other Accounts |
— | $— |
In addition to serving as a portfolio manager to the Fund, Mr. Candido is also primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the following accounts. Information is provided as of April 30, 2023 unless otherwise indicated:
Type of Account Managed |
Number of Accounts (Total) | Assets (Total) | ||||||
Registered Investment Company |
10 | $ | 37.72 billion | |||||
Other Pooled Vehicles |
8 | $562 million | ||||||
Other Accounts |
2 | $ | 56.07 million | |||||
Type of Account Managed |
Number of Accounts with Performance-based Fees |
Assets (Accounts with Performance-based Fees) |
||||||
Registered Investment Company |
— | $— | ||||||
Other Pooled Vehicles |
— | $— | ||||||
Other Accounts |
— | $— |
Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership
The following table discloses the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the portfolio managers of the Fund. The information is as of March 31, 2023 for Steven M. Hlavin and as of April 30, 2023 for Daniel J. Close and Stephen J. Candido.
54
Portfolio Manager |
Dollar Range of Securities Beneficially Owned |
|||
Steven M. Hlavin |
none | |||
Daniel J. Close |
none | |||
Stephen J. Candido |
none |
Nuveen Asset Management Portfolio Manager Compensation
Portfolio managers are compensated through a combination of base salary and variable components consisting of (i) a cash bonus; (ii) a long-term performance award; and (iii) participation in a profits interest plan.
Base salary. A portfolio manager’s base salary is determined based upon an analysis of the portfolio manager’s general performance, experience and market levels of base pay for such position.
Cash bonus. A portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus that is based on three variables: risk-adjusted investment performance relative to benchmark generally measured over the most recent one, three and five year periods (unless the portfolio manager’s tenure is shorter), ranking versus Morningstar peer funds generally measured over the most recent one, three and five year periods (unless the portfolio manager’s tenure is shorter), and management and peer reviews.
Long-term performance award. A portfolio manager is eligible to receive a long-term performance award that vests after three years. The amount of the award when granted is based on the same factors used in determining the cash bonus. The value of the award at the completion of the three-year vesting period is adjusted based on the risk-adjusted investment performance of Fund(s) managed by the portfolio manager during the vesting period and the performance of the TIAA organization as a whole.
Profits interest plan. Portfolio managers are eligible to receive profits interests in Nuveen Asset Management and its affiliate, Teachers Advisors, LLC, which vest over time and entitle their holders to a percentage of the firms’ annual profits. Profits interests are allocated to each portfolio manager based on such person’s overall contribution to the firms.
There are generally no differences between the methods used to determine compensation with respect to the Funds and the Other Accounts shown in the table below.
Nuveen Asset Management Conflict of Interest Policies
Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple accounts are presented a number of potential conflicts, including, among others, those discussed below.
The management of multiple accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each account. Nuveen Asset Management seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most accounts managed by a portfolio manager in a particular investment strategy are managed using the same investment models.
If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one account, an account may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible accounts. To deal with these situations, Nuveen Asset Management has adopted procedures for allocating limited opportunities across multiple accounts.
55
With respect to many of its clients’ accounts, Nuveen Asset Management determines which broker to use to execute transaction orders, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts, Nuveen Asset Management may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, Nuveen Asset Management may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Fund and other accounts which may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Fund or the other accounts.
Some clients are subject to different regulations. As a consequence of this difference in regulatory requirements, some clients may not be permitted to engage in all the investment techniques or transactions or to engage in these transactions to the same extent as the other accounts managed by a portfolio manager. Finally, the appearance of a conflict of interest may arise where Nuveen Asset Management has an incentive, such as a performance-based management fee, which relates to the management of some accounts, with respect to which a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities.
Conflicts of interest may also arise when the sub-adviser invests one or more of its client accounts in different or multiple parts of the same issuer’s capital structure, including investments in public versus private securities, debt versus equity, or senior versus junior/subordinated debt, or otherwise where there are different or inconsistent rights or benefits. Decisions or actions such as investing, trading, proxy voting, exercising, waiving or amending rights or covenants, work-out activity, or serving on a board, committee or other involvement in governance may result in conflicts of interest between clients holding different securities or investments. Generally, individual portfolio managers will seek to act in a manner that they believe serves the best interest of the accounts they manage. In cases where a portfolio manager or team faces a conflict among its client accounts, it will seek to act in a manner that it believes best reflects its overall fiduciary duty, which may result in relative advantages or disadvantages for particular accounts.
Nuveen Asset Management has adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts common among investment managers. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.
Nuveen Asset Management or its affiliates, including TIAA, sponsor an array of financial products for retirement and other investment goals, and provide services worldwide to a diverse customer base. Accordingly, from time to time, a Fund may be restricted from purchasing or selling securities, or from engaging in other investment activities because of regulatory, legal or contractual restrictions that arise due to another client account’s investments and/or the internal policies of Nuveen Asset Management, TIAA or its affiliates designed to comply with such restrictions. As a result, there may be periods, for example, when Nuveen Asset Management will not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions in certain securities or instruments with respect to which investment limits have been reached.
The investment activities of Nuveen Asset Management or its affiliates may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Funds. For example, in certain circumstances where the Funds invest in securities issued by companies that operate in certain regulated industries, in certain emerging or international markets, or are subject to corporate or regulatory ownership definitions, or invest in certain futures and derivative transactions, there may be limits on the aggregate amount invested by Nuveen Asset Management or its affiliates for the Funds and other client accounts that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent. If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain transactions undertaken, the ability of Nuveen Asset Management, on behalf of the Funds or other client accounts, to purchase or dispose of investments or exercise rights or undertake business transactions may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, Nuveen Asset Management, on behalf of the Funds or other client accounts, may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict or limit the exercise of rights (including voting rights) when Nuveen Asset Management, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate in light of potential regulatory or other restrictions on ownership or other consequences resulting from reaching investment thresholds.
56
Code of Ethics
The Fund, Nuveen Fund Advisors, Nuveen, Nuveen Asset Management and other related entities have adopted codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that prohibit certain of their personnel, including the Fund’s portfolio manager, from engaging in personal investments that compete or interfere with, or attempt to take advantage of a client’s, including the Fund’s, anticipated or actual portfolio transactions, and are designed to assure that the interests of clients, including Fund shareholders, are placed before the interests of personnel in connection with personal investment transactions. Personnel subject to a code of ethics may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund, but only so long as such investments are made in accordance with a code’s requirements. Text-only versions of the codes of ethics of the Fund, Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management can be viewed online or downloaded from the EDGAR Database on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s internet web site at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, copies of those codes of ethics may be obtained, after paying the appropriate duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov.
DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE PLAN
The Fund has adopted Distribution and Service Plan for Class A1 Common Shares and Class A2 Common Shares of the Fund. See “Plan of Distribution—Class A1 and Class A2 Distribution and Service Plan” in the Prospectus. The following table sets forth the distribution and service fees paid under the Distribution and Service Plan by each applicable class of Common Shares to the Distributor for the period indicated below.
Distribution and Service Fees Paid by Class A1 Common Shares |
||||
Fiscal period ended March 31, 2022* |
$ | 33,717 | ||
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 |
$ | 183,878 |
Distribution and Service Fees Paid by Class A2 Common Shares |
||||
Fiscal period ended March 31, 2023** |
$ | 27,948 |
* | For the period June 30, 2021 (commencement of operations) through March 31, 2022. |
** | For the period July 29, 2022 (commencement of operations) through March 31, 2023. |
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
The Fund has delegated authority to Nuveen Fund Advisors to vote proxies for securities held by the Fund, and Nuveen Fund Advisors has in turn delegated that responsibility to Nuveen Asset Management. The Fund invests its assets primarily in municipal bonds and cash management securities, which typically do not issue proxies. In the rare event that a municipal issuer were to issue a proxy or that the Fund was to receive a proxy issued by a cash management security, Nuveen Asset Management will vote in accordance with the Nuveen Proxy Voting Policy and the Nuveen Proxy Voting Conflicts of Interest Policy and Procedures, which are attached as Appendix B to this SAI.
Voted Proxies. Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies (for periods subsequent to the Fund commencing operations) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ending June 30 (or any lesser period of time ending June 30 if the Fund has not been operating for that long) of each year is available starting August 31 of that year without charge, upon request, by calling toll free (800) 257-8787 or by accessing the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. This reference to the website does not incorporate the contents of the website in the Prospectus or the SAI.
57
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
Subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees, Nuveen Asset Management is primarily responsible for the Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the Fund’s portfolio transactions. Commissions are negotiated with broker/dealers on all transactions.
Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreement, each of Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the Fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.
In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”)) to the Fund and/or the other accounts over which Nuveen Fund Advisors or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the Fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management, as applicable, determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. Investment research services include information and analysis on particular companies and industries as well as market or economic trends and portfolio strategy, market quotations for portfolio evaluations, analytical software and similar products and services. If a research service also assists Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management in a non-research capacity (such as bookkeeping or other administrative functions), then only the percentage or component that provides assistance to Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management in the investment decision making process may be paid in commission dollars. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management, as applicable, and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management, as applicable, in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the Fund’s costs, Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management do not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces the expenses of Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management, as applicable. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.
Research services furnished to Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management by brokers that effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management, as applicable, in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management manages may be used by Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management, as applicable, in servicing the Fund. Not all of these research services are used by Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management in managing any particular account, including the Fund.
The Fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The Board of Trustees has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage
58
commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.
In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the Fund as well as for one or more of Nuveen Fund Advisors’ or Nuveen Asset Management’s other clients. Investment decisions for the Fund and for Nuveen Fund Advisors’ or Nuveen Asset Management’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the Fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the Fund and for other portfolios managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management, as applicable, occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.
Although the Fund does not have any restrictions on portfolio turnover, it is not the Fund’s policy to engage in transactions with the objective of seeking profits from short-term trading. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 46%. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of sales or purchases of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater transaction costs than a lower rate, which costs are borne by the Fund and its shareholders.
Substantially all of the Fund’s trades are effected on a principal basis. The following table sets forth the aggregate amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Fund for the periods indicated below:
Brokerage Commissions Paid | ||||
Fiscal period ended March 31, 2022* |
$ | — | ||
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 |
$ | — |
* | For the period June 30, 2021 (commencement of operations) through March 31, 2022. |
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Fund did not pay commissions to brokers in return for research services or hold any securities of its regular broker-dealers.
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND DEBT
Common Shares
The Declaration of Trust authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Common Shares. The Common Shares being offered have a par value of $0.01 per share and, subject to differences between classes, have equal rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation of the Fund. The Common Shares being offered will, when issued, be fully paid and, subject to matters discussed under “Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws” in the Prospectus, non-assessable, and will have no preemptive or conversion rights, except as the Board of Trustees may otherwise determine, or rights to cumulative voting. The Fund is currently offering three classes of Common Shares: Class I Common Shares, Class A1 Common Shares and Class A2 Common Shares, and may offer additional classes in the future. An investment in any share class of the Fund represents an investment in the same assets of the Fund. However, the ongoing fees and expenses for each share class may be different. The fees and expenses for the Fund are set forth
59
in “Summary of Fund Expenses” in the Prospectus. Certain share class details are set forth in the “Plan of Distribution” in the Prospectus. The Declaration of Trust provides that each whole Common Share shall be entitled to one vote as to any matter on which it is entitled to vote and each fractional Common Share shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote. If the Fund issues Preferred Shares, the Common Shareholders will not be entitled to receive any cash distributions from the Fund unless all accrued dividends on Preferred Shares have been paid, and unless asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to Preferred Shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions. See “—Preferred Shares” below.
Preferred Shares
The Declaration of Trust authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Preferred Shares in one or more classes or series, with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, by action of the Board of Trustees without the approval of the Common Shareholders. The terms of any Preferred Shares that may be issued by the Fund may be the same as, or different from, the terms described below, subject to applicable law and the Declaration of Trust.
Distribution Preference. Any Preferred Shares would have complete priority over the Common Shares as to distribution of assets.
Liquidation Preference. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Fund, holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned or declared) before any distribution of assets is made to Common Shareholders. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, holders of Preferred Shares will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Fund. A consolidation or merger of the Fund with or into any Massachusetts business trust or corporation or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Fund shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Fund.
Voting Rights. In connection with any issuance of Preferred Shares, the Fund must comply with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act, which requires, among other things, that Preferred Shares be voting shares and have equal voting rights with Common Shares. Except as otherwise indicated in this SAI and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Preferred Shares would vote together with Common Shareholders as a single class.
In connection with the election of the Fund’s trustees, holders of Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, would be entitled to elect two of the Fund’s trustees, and the remaining trustees would be elected by Common Shareholders and holders of Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class. In addition, if at any time dividends on the Fund’s outstanding Preferred Shares would be unpaid in an amount equal to two full years’ dividends thereon, the holders of all outstanding Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, would be entitled to elect a majority of the Fund’s trustees until all dividends in arrears have been paid or declared and set apart for payment.
The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding Preferred Shares of any class or series, as the case may be, voting as a separate class, would be required to, among other things, (1) take certain actions that would affect the preferences, rights, or powers of such class or series or (2) authorize or issue any class or series ranking prior to the Preferred Shares. Except as may otherwise be required by law, (1) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Fund’s Preferred Shares outstanding at the time, voting as a separate class, would be required to approve any conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company and (2) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, would be required to approve any plan of reorganization (as such term is used in the 1940 Act) adversely affecting such shares; provided however, that such separate class vote would be a majority vote if the action in question has previously been approved, adopted or authorized by the
60
affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of trustees fixed in accordance with the Declaration of Trust or the By-laws. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, would be required to approve any action not described in the preceding sentence requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the 1940 Act including, among other things, changes in the Fund’s investment objectives or changes in the investment restrictions described as fundamental policies under “Investment Restrictions” in this SAI. The class or series vote of holders of Preferred Shares described above would in each case be in addition to any separate vote of the requisite percentage of Common Shares and Preferred Shares necessary to authorize the action in question.
The foregoing voting provisions would not apply with respect to the Fund’s Preferred Shares if, at or prior to the time when a vote was required, such shares would have been (1) redeemed or (2) called for redemption and sufficient funds would have been deposited in trust to effect such redemption.
Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Shares. The terms of the Preferred Shares may provide that they are redeemable by the Fund at certain times, in whole or in part, at the original purchase price per share plus accumulated dividends, that the Fund may tender for or purchase Preferred Shares and that the Fund may subsequently resell any shares so tendered for or purchased. Any redemption or purchase of Preferred Shares by the Fund would reduce the leverage applicable to Common Shares, while any resale of such shares by the Fund would increase such leverage.
In the event of any issuance of Preferred Shares, the Fund likely would apply for ratings from an NRSRO. In such event, as long as Preferred Shares are outstanding, the composition of the Fund’s portfolio would reflect guidelines established by such NRSRO. Based on previous guidelines established by such NRSROs for the securities of other issuers, the Fund anticipates that the guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. However, at this time, no assurance can be given as to the nature or extent of the guidelines that may be imposed in connection with obtaining a rating of any Preferred Shares.
For more information, see “Description of Shares and Debt—Preferred Shares” in the Prospectus.
Senior Securities Representing Indebtedness
The Fund’s Declaration of Trust authorizes the Fund, without approval of the Common Shareholders, to borrow money. In this connection, the Fund may issue notes or other evidence of indebtedness (including bank borrowings or commercial paper) and may secure any such debt by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the Fund’s assets. In connection with such borrowing, the Fund may be required to maintain minimum average balances with the lender or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit. Any such requirements will increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate. Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Fund, immediately after issuing any such senior securities representing indebtedness, must have an “asset coverage” of at least 300%. See “Leverage” in the Prospectus. Certain types of debt may result in the Fund being subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies which may issue ratings for commercial paper or notes issued by the Fund. Such restrictions may be more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. For more information, see “Description of Shares and Debt—Senior Securities Representing Indebtedness” in the Prospectus.
PURCHASE OF CLASS I COMMON SHARES BY ELIGIBLE INVESTORS
Class I Common Shares are available for purchase by eligible investors. The minimum initial investment for Class I Common Shares is $100,000 per account, except that the minimum investment amount may be modified for eligible investors, including certain financial firms that submit orders on behalf of their customers, members of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and certain employees of Nuveen, LLC, its affiliates and extended family members of such individuals.
61
Class I Common Shares are available for purchase at a modified minimum investment amount by clients of financial intermediaries who charge such clients an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or related services. Such clients may include individuals, corporations, endowments and foundations. The minimum initial investment for such clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be lowered to $25,000 for clients of financial intermediaries that have accounts holding Class I Common Shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also lower the minimum to $25,000 for clients of financial intermediaries anticipated to reach this Class I Common Shares holdings level.
Class I Common Shares are also available for purchase by family offices and their clients. A family office is a company that provides certain financial and other services to a high net worth family or families. The minimum initial investment for family offices and their clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be lowered to $25,000 for clients of family offices that have accounts holding Class I Common Shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also lower the minimum to $25,000 for clients of family offices anticipated to reach this Class I Common Shares holdings level.
Class I Common Shares also are available for purchase, with no minimum initial investment, by the following categories of investors:
• | bank or broker-affiliated trust departments investing funds over which they exercise exclusive discretionary investment authority and that are held in a fiduciary, agency, advisory, custodial or similar capacity; |
• | advisory accounts of Nuveen Fund Advisors and its affiliates, including other Nuveen, LLC (“Nuveen”) Mutual and Closed-End Funds whose investment policies permit investments in other investment companies; |
• | investors purchasing through a brokerage platform of a financial intermediary that has an agreement with the Distributor to offer such shares solely when acting as an agent for such investors. Investors transacting through a financial intermediary’s brokerage platform may be required to pay a commission directly to the intermediary; |
• | any registered investment company that is not affiliated with the Nuveen funds and which invests in securities of other investment companies; |
• | any plan organized under section 529 under the Code (i.e., a 529 plan); |
• | current and former trustees/directors of any Nuveen fund, and their immediate family members (“immediate family members” are defined as spouses or domestic partners, parents, children, grandparents, grandchildren, parents-in-law, sons-in-law and daughters-in-law, siblings, a sibling’s spouse and a spouse’s siblings); |
• | officers of Nuveen and its affiliates, and their immediate family members; |
• | full-time and retired employees of Nuveen and its affiliates, and their immediate family members, including any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other business organization that is wholly owned by one or more of such persons; and |
• | any person who, for at least the last 90 days, has been an officer, director or employee of any financial intermediary, and their immediate family members. |
Holders of Class I Common Shares may purchase additional Class I Common Shares using dividends and capital gain distributions on their shares.
62
REPURCHASE OF FUND SHARES
In order to provide some liquidity to shareholders, the Fund makes quarterly offers to repurchase between 5% and 25% of its outstanding Common Shares at net asset value. Although the policy permits repurchases of between 5% and 25% of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares, for each quarterly repurchase offer, the Fund currently expects to offer to repurchase 7.5% of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares at NAV, subject to approval of the Board. Notices of each quarterly repurchase offer are sent to shareholders at least 21 days before the “Repurchase Request Deadline” (i.e., the date by which shareholders can tender their Common Shares in response to a repurchase offer). The Fund determines the NAV applicable to repurchases no later than the 14 days after the Repurchase Request Deadline (or the next business day, if the 14th day is not a business day) (the “Repurchase Pricing Date”). The Fund expects to distribute payment to shareholders between one and three business days after the Repurchase Pricing Date and will distribute such payment no later than 7 calendar days after such date. The Fund’s Common Shares are not listed on any securities exchange, and the Fund anticipates that no secondary market will develop for its Common Shares. Investors should consider Common Shares of the Fund to be an illiquid investment. Accordingly, you may not be able to sell Common Shares when and/or in the amount that you desire. Thus, Common Shares are appropriate only as a long-term investment. In addition, the Fund’s repurchase offers may subject the Fund and shareholders to special risks.
The section entitled “Periodic Repurchase Offers” in the Prospectus discusses the type and timing of notice for repurchase offers, the effects of oversubscribed repurchase offers, the determination of the repurchase price, payment by the Fund for Common Shares tendered in a repurchase offer, the effect of repurchase policies on the liquidity of the Fund, the consequences of repurchase offers and other details regarding the repurchase offers, including associated risks. The Fund’s fundamental policies with respect to repurchase offers are discussed in “Investment Restrictions” in this Statement of Additional Information.
In addition, a purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares would decrease the Fund’s total assets which would likely have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio. Any purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares at a time when Preferred Shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding Common Shares then remaining.
See “Risks—Fund Level Risks—Repurchase Offers Risk” in the Prospectus for a description of the risks associated with the Fund’s repurchase offers. In addition, the repurchase of Common Shares by the Fund will be a taxable event to shareholders. For a discussion of these tax consequences, see “Taxation” below.
In addition to the Fund’s policy to make periodic repurchase offers as described above, the Board may consider additional repurchases of its Common Shares on the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares, or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company (described below). The Fund cannot assure you that its Board will decide to take or propose any of these actions.
Subject to its investment limitations, the Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Fund’s net income and gains. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board would have to comply with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and other applicable law.
The Fund does not currently charge a repurchase fee. However, the Fund may charge a repurchase fee of up to 2.00% of the repurchase proceeds, which the Fund would retain to help offset non-de minimis estimated costs related to the repurchase incurred by the Fund, directly or indirectly, as a result of repurchasing Common Shares, thus allocating estimated transaction costs to the shareholder whose Common Shares are being repurchased. The Fund may introduce, or modify the amount of, a repurchase fee at any time. The Fund may also waive or reduce the repurchase fee if Nuveen Fund Advisors determines that the repurchase is offset by a corresponding purchase or if for other reasons the Fund will not incur transaction costs or will incur reduced transaction costs.
63
CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND
Conversion to an open-end company would require the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Common Shares and Preferred Shares, if issued in the future, outstanding at the time, voting together as a single class, and of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Preferred Shares, if issued in the future, outstanding at the time, voting as a separate class, provided, however, that such separate class vote shall be a majority vote if the action in question has previously been approved, adopted or authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of trustees fixed in accordance with the Declaration of Trust or By-laws. See “Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws” in the Prospectus for a discussion of voting requirements applicable to conversion of the Fund to an open-end company. If the Fund converted to an open-end company, it would likely have to significantly reduce any leverage it is then employing, which may require a repositioning of its investment portfolio, which may in turn generate substantial transaction costs, which would be borne by Common Shareholders, and may adversely affect Fund performance and Fund distributions. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares on any business day (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their NAV, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of redemption The Fund currently expects that any such redemptions would be made in cash. The Fund may charge sales or redemption fees upon conversion to an open-end fund. The Board of Trustees of the Fund may at any time propose conversion of the Fund to an open-end company depending upon its judgment as to the advisability of such action in light of circumstances then prevailing.
TAX MATTERS
Set forth below is a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax issues concerning the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Common Shares. Because tax laws are complex and often change, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax consequences of an investment in the Fund. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to Common Shareholders in light of their particular circumstances. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a U.S. Common Shareholder (as defined below) and that you hold your shares as a capital asset (generally, for investment). A U.S. Common Shareholder means a person (other than a partnership) that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.
This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change, which change may be retroactive. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regarding any matters discussed herein. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to those set forth below. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisers with regard to the U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, or disposition of Common Shares, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, foreign, or other taxing jurisdiction.
The discussion below does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to special classes of taxpayers including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, taxpayers subject to the alternative minimum tax, a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Common Shareholders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, a controlled foreign corporation or a passive foreign investment company, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities or commodities that elect mark-to-market treatment, persons with “applicable financial statements” within the meaning of Section 451(b) of the Code, or persons that will hold Common Shares as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge” or as part of a “constructive sale” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
64
If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds Common Shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships that hold Common Shares and partners in such a partnership should consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Common Shares.
The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a RIC under the Code. To qualify as a RIC, the Fund must, among other things, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and (ii) net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. A “qualified publicly traded partnership” is a publicly traded partnership that meets certain requirements with respect to the nature of its income. To qualify as a RIC, the Fund must also satisfy certain requirements with respect to the diversification of its assets. The Fund must, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year, diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities of any one issuer limited for the purposes of this calculation to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer, of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. Finally, to qualify for treatment as a RIC, the Fund must distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, income from the interests in certain qualified publicly traded partnerships, and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) and 90% of its net tax-exempt income each taxable year. If the Fund failed to meet the asset diversification test described above with respect to any quarter, the Fund would nevertheless be considered to have satisfied the requirements for such quarter if the Fund cured such failure within 6 months and either (i) such failure was de minimis or (ii) (a) such failure was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (b) the Fund reported the failure under Treasury regulations to be adopted and paid an excise tax.
As a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but without regard to the deduction for dividends paid net tax-exempt income) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes to shareholders. If the Fund retains any net capital gain or investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at the corporate income tax rate on the amount retained. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it may report the retained amount as undistributed capital gains as part of its annual reporting to its shareholders who, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their share of such undistributed amount; (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any; and (iii) will be entitled to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of Common Shares owned by a Common Shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the Common Shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. The Fund intends to distribute to its Common Shareholders at least annually that portion of its investment company taxable income necessary to maintain its qualification as a RIC, as well as net capital gains (except for net capital gains credited to them but retained by the Fund).
65
Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against a RIC’s net investment income. Instead, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, potentially subject to certain limitations, the Fund may carry net capital losses from any taxable year forward to offset capital gains in future years. If the Fund has a net capital loss, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Fund’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year. The carryover of capital losses may be limited under the general loss limitation rules if the Fund experiences an ownership change as defined in the Internal Revenue Code. Generally, the Fund may not carry forward any losses other than net capital losses. Under certain circumstances, the Fund may elect to treat certain losses as though they were incurred on the first day of the taxable year immediately following the taxable year in which they were actually incurred.
As of March 31, 2023, the Fund’s tax year end, the Fund had unused capital loss carryforwards available for federal tax purposes in the amount of:
* | A portion of the Fund’s capital loss carryforwards is subject to limitation under the Internal Revenue Code and related regulations. |
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount equal to the sum of (1) at least 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (2) at least 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 of the calendar year, and (3) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years. To prevent application of the excise tax, the Fund intends to make its distributions in accordance with the calendar year distribution requirement (including deemed distributions of amounts on which the Fund pays federal income tax). A distribution will be treated as paid on December 31 of the current calendar year if it is declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.
If the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC or failed to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement in any taxable year, and was unable to cure such failure, the Fund would be taxed as an ordinary corporation on its taxable income (even if such income were distributed to its shareholders) and all distributions out of earnings and profits would be taxed to shareholders as ordinary dividends. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” (as defined below) in the case of individual and other noncorporate shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction (“DRD”) in the case of corporate shareholders. In addition, in order to requalify for taxation as a RIC, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make certain distributions. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a RIC. The Board of Trustees reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Fund as a RIC if it determines such course of action to be beneficial to Common Shareholders.
66
Distributions
The Fund intends to qualify each year to pay exempt-interest dividends by satisfying the requirement that at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year at least 50% of the Fund’s total asset consist of municipal securities which are exempt from U.S. federal income tax.
Distributions from the Fund will constitute exempt-interest dividends to the extent of the Fund’s tax-exempt interest income (net of allocable expenses and amortized bond premium). Exempt-interest dividends distributed to shareholders of the Fund are excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes. However, shareholders required to file a federal income tax return will be required to report the receipt of exempt-interest dividends on their returns. Moreover, while exempt-interest dividends are excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes, they may be subject to alternative minimum tax (AMT) in certain circumstances for noncorporate taxpayers and may have other collateral tax consequences as discussed below.
The Fund may elect to retain rather than distribute all or a portion of any net capital gains (which is the excess of long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) otherwise allocable to Common Shareholders and pay U.S. federal income tax on the retained gain. As provided under U.S. federal tax law, Common Shareholders of record as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year will include their allocable share of the retained gain in their income for the year as a long-term capital gain, and will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit for the tax deemed paid on their behalf by the Fund. Distributions of the Fund’s net capital gain (“capital gain distributions”), if any, are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of their holding period in the Common Shares. Distributions of the Fund’s net realized short-term capital gains will be taxable as ordinary income. The maximum long-term capital gain tax rate applicable to individuals is 20%.
If, for any calendar year, the Fund’s total distributions exceed the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to each shareholder (up to the amount of the shareholder’s basis in his or her Common Shares) and thereafter as gain from the sale of Common Shares (assuming the Common Shares are held as a capital asset). The amount treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce the shareholder’s adjusted basis in his or her Common Shares (but not below zero), thereby increasing the potential gain or reducing the potential loss on the subsequent sale or other disposition of the Common Shares. Because the income of the Fund primarily is derived from investments earning interest rather than dividend income, the Fund does not anticipate that any part of its distributions will qualify for qualified dividend treatment or the DRD.
An additional tax at a rate of 3.8% applies to some or all of the net investment income of certain non-corporate taxpayers. For this purpose, “net investment income” includes interest, dividends (including dividends paid with respect to Common Shares), annuities, royalties, rent, net gain attributable to the disposition of property not held in a trade or business (including net gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Common Shares) and certain other income, but will be reduced by any deductions properly allocable to such income or net gain. Net investment income does not include exempt-interest dividends. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding the taxation of net investment income.
The interest on private activity bonds in most instances is not federally tax-exempt to a person who is a “substantial user” of a facility financed by such bonds or a “related person” of such “substantial user.” As a result, the Fund may not be an appropriate investment for a shareholder who is considered either a “substantial user” or a “related person” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code. In general, a “substantial user” of a facility includes a “nonexempt person who regularly uses a part of such facility in his trade or business.” Related persons” are in general defined to include persons among whom there exists a relationship, either by family or business, which would result in a disallowance of losses in transactions among them under various provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (or if they are members of the same controlled group of corporations under the Internal Revenue Code), including a partnership and each of its partners (and certain members of their families), an S corporation and each of its shareholders (and certain members of their families) and various combinations of these and other relationships. The foregoing is not a complete description of all of the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code covering the definitions of “substantial user” and “related person.”
67
Federal income tax law imposes an alternative minimum tax with respect to noncorporate taxpayers. Interest on certain municipal securities, such as bonds issued to make loans for housing purposes or to private entities (but not to certain tax-exempt organizations such as universities and non-profit hospitals), is included as an item of tax preference in determining the amount of a taxpayer’s alternative minimum taxable income. To the extent that the Fund receives income from such municipal securities, a portion of the dividends paid by the Fund, although otherwise exempt from federal income tax, will be taxable to shareholders whose tax liabilities are determined under the federal alternative minimum tax. The Fund will annually provide a report indicating the percentage of the Fund’s income attributable to municipal securities and the portion thereof the interest on which is a tax preference item.
The exemption from U.S. federal income tax for exempt-interest dividends generally does not result in exemption for such dividends under the income or other tax laws of any state or local taxing authority. In some states, however, the portion of any exempt-interest dividends derived from interest received by the Fund on its holdings of that state’s securities and those of its political subdivisions and instrumentalities is exempt from the state’s income tax. The Fund will report annually to its shareholders the percentage of interest income earned by the Fund during the preceding year on tax-exempt obligations indicating, on a state-by-state basis, the source of such income. Shareholders of the Fund are advised to consult their own tax advisors about state and local tax matters.
Tax-exempt income, including exempt-interest dividends paid by the Fund, is taken into account in calculating the amount of social security and railroad retirement benefits that may be subject to federal income tax.
The IRS currently requires that a RIC that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as ordinary income, capital gains, dividends qualifying for the dividends received deduction, qualified dividend income, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends) based upon the percentage of total dividends paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, if the Fund issues Preferred Shares, it intends to allocate capital gain dividends, if any, between its Common Shares and Preferred Shares in proportion to the total dividends paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits to each class with respect to such tax year. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, if any, however, will not be allocated proportionately among the Common Shares and Preferred Shares. Since the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits in the event of the issuance of Preferred Shares will first be used to pay dividends on the Preferred Shares, distributions in excess of such earnings and profits, if any, will be made disproportionately to Common Shareholders.
Sale, Exchange or Liquidation of Fund Shares
The sale, exchange or repurchase of Fund shares may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares treated as a sale or exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, such gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Fund shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares held for six months or less (i) will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares and (ii) generally will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be disallowed under the Code’s “wash sale” rule if other substantially identical shares of the Fund are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
68
A repurchase by the Fund of a shareholder’s shares pursuant to a repurchase offer (as described in the Prospectus) generally will be treated as a sale or exchange of the shares by a shareholder provided that either (i) the shareholder tenders, and the Fund repurchases, all of such shareholder’s shares, thereby reducing the shareholder’s percentage ownership of the Fund, whether directly or by attribution under Section 318 of the Code, to 0%, (ii) the shareholder meets numerical safe harbors under the Code with respect to percentage voting interest and reduction in ownership of the Fund following completion of the repurchase offer, or (iii) the repurchase offer otherwise results in a “meaningful reduction” of the shareholder’s ownership percentage interest in the Fund, which determination depends on a particular shareholder’s facts and circumstances.
If a tendering shareholder’s proportionate ownership of the Fund (determined after applying the ownership attribution rules under Section 318 of the Code) is not reduced to the extent required under the tests described above, such shareholder will be deemed to receive a distribution from the Fund under Section 301 of the Code with respect to the shares held (or deemed held under Section 318 of the Code) by the shareholder after the repurchase offer (a “Section 301 distribution”). The amount of this distribution will equal the price paid by the Fund to such shareholder for the shares sold, and will be taxable as a dividend, i.e., as ordinary income, to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits allocable to such distribution, with the excess treated as a return of capital reducing the shareholder’s tax basis in the shares held after the repurchase offer, and thereafter as capital gain. Any Fund shares held by a shareholder after a repurchase offer will be subject to basis adjustments in accordance with the provisions of the Code.
Provided that no tendering shareholder is treated as receiving a Section 301 distribution as a result of selling shares pursuant to a particular repurchase offer, shareholders who do not sell shares pursuant to that repurchase offer will not realize constructive distributions on their shares as a result of other shareholders selling shares in the repurchase offer. In the event that any tendering shareholder is deemed to receive a Section 301 distribution, it is possible that shareholders whose proportionate ownership of the Fund increases as a result of that repurchase offer, including shareholders who do not tender any shares, will be deemed to receive a constructive distribution under Section 305(c) of the Code in an amount equal to the increase in their percentage ownership of the Fund as a result of the repurchase offer. Such constructive distribution will be treated as a dividend to the extent of current or accumulated earnings and profits allocable to it.
Use of the Fund’s cash to repurchase shares may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to satisfy the distribution requirements for treatment as a regulated investment company described above. The Fund may also recognize income in connection with the sale of portfolio securities to fund share purchases, in which case the Fund would take any such income into account in determining whether such distribution requirements have been satisfied.
The foregoing discussion does not address the tax treatment of tendering shareholders who do not hold their shares as a capital asset. Such shareholders should consult their own tax advisors on the specific tax consequences to them of participating or not participating in the repurchase offer.
Nature of Fund’s Investments
Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a fund at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount that accrued during the period of time the fund held the debt obligation unless the fund made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a fund purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the fund generally is required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount that accrues during such year. Therefore, a fund’s investment in such securities may cause the fund to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a fund may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of fund shares.
69
Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when a fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent a fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how a fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a fund in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.
Backup Withholding
The Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax from all taxable distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. The withholding percentage is currently 24%. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Foreign Shareholders
U.S. taxation of a shareholder who is not a U.S. Common Shareholder (“foreign shareholder”) depends on whether the income of the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the shareholder. If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds Fund shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding Fund shares should consult its tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of Fund shares.
Income not Effectively Connected
If the income from the Fund is not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the foreign shareholder, distributions of investment company taxable income will be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% (or lower treaty rate), which tax is generally withheld from such distributions. Distributions which are reported by the Fund as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends” are currently exempt from the 30% withholding tax. Interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. withholding tax at the source if they had been received directly by a foreign person and satisfy certain other requirements.
Distributions of capital gain dividends (including any amounts retained by the Fund which are reported as undistributed capital gains) and gains recognized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. tax at the rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate) unless the foreign shareholder is a nonresident alien individual and is physically present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year and meets certain other requirements. However, this 30% tax on capital gains of nonresident alien individuals who are physically present in the United States for more than the 182 day period only applies in exceptional cases because any individual present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year is generally treated as a resident for U.S. income tax purposes; in that case, he or she would be subject to U.S. income tax on his or her worldwide income at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, rather than the 30% U.S. tax. In the case of a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, the Fund may be required to withhold U.S. income tax from distributions of net capital gain unless the foreign shareholder certifies his or her non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption. See “Tax Matters—Backup Withholding.”
70
Income Effectively Connected
If the income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then distributions of investment company taxable income and capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund which are reported as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale or exchange of shares of the Fund will be subject to U.S. income tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents and domestic corporations. Foreign corporate shareholders also may be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.
The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may differ from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.
FATCA Reporting and Withholding Requirements
Under legislation known as “FATCA” (the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act), the Fund will be required to withhold 30% on income dividends made by the Fund to shareholders that fail to meet prescribed information reporting or certification requirements. After, December 31, 2018, FATCA withholding also would have applied to certain capital gain dispositions, return of capital distributions and the proceeds arising from the sale of Fund shares; however, based on proposed regulations issued by the IRS, which can be relied upon currently, such withholding is no longer required unless final regulations provide otherwise (which is not expected). In general, no such withholding will be required with respect to a U.S. person or foreign individual that timely provides the certifications required by the Fund or its agent on a valid IRS Form W-9, W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, respectively. Shareholders potentially subject to withholding include foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”), such as foreign investment funds, and non-financial foreign entities (“NFFEs”). To avoid withholding under FATCA, an FFI generally must enter into an information sharing agreement with the IRS in which it agrees to report certain identifying information (including name, address, and taxpayer identification number) with respect to its U.S. account holders (which, in the case of an entity shareholder, may include its direct and indirect U.S. owners), and an NFFE generally must identify itself and may be required to provide other required information to the Fund or other withholding agent regarding its U.S. owners, if any. Such foreign shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by regulations and other guidance. A non-U.S. entity that invests in the Fund will need to provide the Fund with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding. A foreign shareholder resident or doing business in a country that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S. to implement FATCA may be subject to different requirements provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement. Foreign shareholders are encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of these requirements on their investment in Fund shares.
Other Tax Considerations
Fund shareholders may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes on their Fund distributions. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.
The foregoing discussion is a summary only and is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Purchasers of Common Shares should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of investing in such Common Shares, including under state, local and other tax laws. Finally, the foregoing discussion is based on applicable provisions of the Code, regulations, judicial authority and administrative interpretations in effect on the date hereof. Changes in applicable authority could materially affect the conclusions discussed above, and such changes often occur.
71
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. PwC provides assistance on accounting, tax and related matters to the Fund. The principal business address of PwC is One North Wacker Dr, Chicago, IL 60606.
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
The custodian of the assets of the Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Congress Street, Suite 1, Boston, Massachusetts 02114-2016. State Street performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services. The transfer agent of the Fund is DST Systems, Inc., 333 West 11th Street, 5th Floor, Kansas City, Missouri 64105. .
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the shares of the Fund offered hereby, has been filed by the Fund with the SEC in Washington, D.C. The Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Fund and the shares offered hereby, reference is made to the Fund’s Registration Statement. Statements contained in the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. Copies of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC or on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited financial statements of the Fund, including the financial highlights pertaining thereto, and the report of PwC, in the Fund’s annual report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this SAI and is available without charge by calling (800) 257-8787, by writing to the Fund at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606 or from the Fund’s website (http://www.nuveen.com).
72
APPENDIX A
Ratings of Investments
Standard & Poor’s Corporation—A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“Standard & Poor’s” or “S&P”), rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:
A S&P Global Ratings’ issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term issuer credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market, typically with an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. We would typically assign a long-term issue credit rating to an obligation with an original maturity of greater than 365 days. However, the ratings we assign to certain instruments may diverge from these guidelines based on market practices.
LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P Global Ratings’ analysis of the following considerations:
1. Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
2. Nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise S&P imputes; and
3. Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
An issue rating is an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
AAA
An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA
An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A
An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
A-1
BBB
An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB
An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B
An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC
An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC
An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
C
An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.
D
An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or the next 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.
The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
A-2
SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
A-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B
A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
C
A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D
A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor Global Ratings’ believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to distressed debt restructuring.
Dual Ratings: Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’ or ‘A-1+/A-1’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).
MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM NOTE RATINGS DEFINITIONS
A Standard & Poor Global Ratings’ U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poor Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating.
A-3
In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poor Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:
1. Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
2. Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
Note rating symbols are as follows:
SP-1
Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2
Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3
Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
D
‘D’ is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.— A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:
GLOBAL LONG-TERM RATING SCALES
Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of eleven months or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.
Aaa
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
Aa
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A
Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa
Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
A-4
Ba
Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing, and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery in principal and interest.
C
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1,2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.*
Note: For more information on long-term ratings assigned to obligations in default, please see the definition “Long-Term Credit Ratings for Defaulted or Impaired Securities” in the Other Definitions section of this publication.
* | By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security. |
MEDIUM-TERM NOTE PROGRAM RATINGS
Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to medium-term note (“MTN”) or similar programs and definitive ratings to the individual debt securities issued from them (referred to as drawdowns or notes).
MTN program ratings are intended to reflect the ratings likely to be assigned to drawdowns issued from the program with the specified priority of claim (e.g., senior or subordinated). To capture the contingent nature of a program rating, Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to MTN programs. A provisional rating is denoted by a (P).
The rating assigned to a drawdown from a rated MTN or bank/deposit note program is definitive in nature, and may differ from the program rating if the drawdown is exposed to additional credit risks besides the issuer’s default, such as links to the defaults of other issuers, or has other structural features that warrant a different rating. In some circumstances, no rating may be assigned to a drawdown.
Moody’s encourages market participants to contact Moody’s Ratings Desks or visit moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR (not rated) symbol.
A-5
SHORT-TERM OBLIGATION RATINGS
Moody’s short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
U.S. MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM OBLIGATION RATINGS
The Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) scale is used for U.S. municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less.
MIG1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
Fitch Ratings, Inc.— A brief description of the applicable Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:
Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs are also assigned to certain entities or enterprises in global infrastructure, project finance and public finance. IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default (including by way of a distressed debt exchange) on financial obligations. The threshold default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts.
A-6
In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default.
LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
AAA
Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA
Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of a very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A
High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB
Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
BB
Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.
B
Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
CCC
Substantial credit risk. Very low margin for safety. Default is a real possibility.
CC
Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.
C
Near default. A default or default-like process has begun, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:
a. the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation; and
b. the formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange; or
A-7
c. a closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent.
RD
Restricted default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation, but has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include:
a. the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
b. the uncured expiry of any applicable original grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation.
D
Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business and debt is outstanding. Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, nonpayment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.
In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.
Note: Within rating categories, Fitch may use modifiers. The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ ratings and ratings below ‘CCC’ category.
SHORT-TERM RATINGS ASSIGNED TO ISSUERS AND OBLIGATIONS
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention (a long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity). Typically, this means a time frame of up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
F1
Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2
Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3
Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
A-8
B
Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C
High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
RD
Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.
D
Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.
Specific limitations relevant to the issuer credit rating scale include:
• | The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood or failure likelihood over any given time period. |
• | The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change. |
• | The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock. |
• | The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer (or an obligation with respect to structured finance transactions) default, except in the following cases: |
- | Ratings assigned to individual obligations of issuers in corporate finance, banks, non-bank financial institutions, insurance and covered bonds. |
- | In limited circumstances for U.S. public finance obligations where Chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code provides reliably superior prospects for ultimate recovery to local government obligations that benefit from a statutory lien on revenues or during the pendency of a bankruptcy proceeding under the Code if there is sufficient visibility on potential recovery prospects. |
• | The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as counterparty to trade credit. |
• | The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative vulnerability to default or in the case of Viability Ratings (VRs) on its relative vulnerability to failure. For the avoidance of doubt, not all defaults will be considered a default for rating purposes. Typically, a default relates to a liability payable to an unaffiliated, outside investor. |
• | The ratings do not opine on any quality related to a transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of an issuer and/or of each rated tranche or security. |
• | The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of extraordinary support likelihood over any given period. |
• | In the case of Government and Shareholder Support Ratings, the ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative likelihood of receiving external extraordinary support. |
• | The ratings do not opine on the suitability of any security for investment or any other purposes. |
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.
A-9
RATING WATCHES AND RATING OUTLOOKS
Rating Outlooks and Watches are mutually exclusive.
Rating Watch
Rating Watches indicate that there is a heightened probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such a change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating that a rating could stay at its present level or potentially be upgraded, “Negative”, to indicate that the rating could stay at its present level or potentially be downgraded, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or affirmed. However, ratings can be raised or lowered without being placed on Rating Watch first.
A Rating Watch is typically event-driven and, as such, it is generally resolved over a relatively short period. The event driving the Watch may be either anticipated or have already occurred, but in both cases, the exact rating implications remain undetermined. The Watch period is typically used to gather further information and/or subject the information to further analysis. A Rating Watch must be reviewed and a RAC be published every six months after a rating has been placed on Rating Watch, except in the case described below. Additionally, a Watch may be used where the rating implications are already clear, but where they remain contingent upon an event (e.g., shareholder or regulatory approval). The Watch will typically extend to cover the period until the event is resolved or its outcome is predictable with a high enough degree of certainty to permit resolution of the Watch. In these cases, where it has previously been communicated within the RAC that the Rating Watch will be resolved upon an event and where there are no material changes to the respective rating up to the event, the Rating Watch may not be reviewed within the six months interval. In any case, the affected ratings (and the Rating Watch) will remain subject to an annual review cycle.
Rating Outlook
Outlooks indicate the direction a rating is likely to move over a one- to two-year period. They reflect financial or other trends that have not yet reached or been sustained at the level that would cause a rating action, but which may do so if such trends continue. A Positive Rating Outlook indicates an upward trend on the rating scale. Conversely, a Negative Rating Outlook signals a negative trend on the rating scale. Positive or Negative Rating Outlooks do not imply that a rating change is inevitable, and similarly, ratings with Stable Outlooks can be raised or lowered without a prior revision to the Outlook. Occasionally, where the fundamental trend has strong, conflicting elements of both positive and negative, the Rating Outlook may be described as “Evolving.”
Outlooks are currently applied on the long-term scale to certain issuer ratings (including sovereigns, corporates, financial institutions and insurance companies) and to both issuer ratings and obligations ratings in public finance in the U.S.; to issues in infrastructure and project finance; to Insurer Financial Strength Ratings; to issuer and/or issue ratings in a number of National Rating scales; and to the ratings of structured finance transactions and covered bonds. Outlooks are not applied to ratings assigned on the short-term scale. For financial institutions, Outlooks are not assigned to VRs, Government and Shareholder Support Ratings Derivative Counterparty Ratings and Ex-government Support Ratings.
Ratings in the ‘CCC’, ‘CC’ and ‘C’ categories typically do not carry Outlooks since the volatility of these ratings is very high and Outlooks would be of limited informational value. Defaulted ratings do not carry Outlooks.
Deciding When to Assign Rating Watch or Outlook
Timing is informative but not critical to the choice of a Watch rather than an Outlook. A discrete event that is largely clear and the terms of which are defined, but which will not happen for more than six months—such as a lengthy regulatory approval process—would nonetheless likely see ratings placed on Watch rather than a revision to the Outlook. An Outlook revision may, however, be deemed more appropriate where a series of potential event risks has been identified, none of which individually warrants a Watch but which cumulatively indicate heightened probability of a rating change over the following one to two years.
A-10
A revision to the Outlook may also be appropriate where a specific event has been identified, but where the conditions and implications of that event are largely unclear and subject to high execution risk over an extended period—for example a proposed, but politically controversial, privatization.
RATING ACTIONS AND REVIEWS
Affirmations*
The rating has been reviewed with no change in rating through this action. Ratings affirmations may also include an affirmation of, or change to, an Outlook when an Outlook is used.
Rating Confirmations
A rating has been reviewed at the request of the rated entity or its representatives to confirm that there would be no rating effect from a proposed limited change to specific terms or other provisions or circumstances in relation to an entity, its issues or a transaction. A rating confirmation does not constitute a rating action. The provision of rating confirmations is at Fitch’s sole discretion and the outcome may be communicated via a ratings confirmation letter and/or a Non-Rating Action Commentary (NRAC).
Downgrade*
The rating has been lowered in the scale.
Assignment (New Rating)*
A rating has been assigned to a previously unrated issuer or issue.
Matured*/Paid-In-Full
a. ‘Matured’—Denoted as ‘NR’. This action is used when an issue has reached its redemption date and rating coverage is discontinued. This indicates that a previously rated issue has been repaid, but other issues of the same program (rated or unrated) may remain outstanding. For the convenience of investors, Fitch may also include issues relating to a rated issuer or transaction that are not and have not been rated on its section of the web page relating to the respective issuer or transaction. Such issues will be denoted as ‘NR’.
b. ‘Paid-In-Full’—Denoted as ‘PIF’. This action indicates that the issue has been paid in full. In covered bonds, PIF is only used when all issues of a program have been repaid.
Pre-refunded*
Assigned to certain long-term US Public Finance issues after Fitch assesses refunding escrow.
Publication (Publish)*
Initial public announcement of a rating on the agency’s website, although not necessarily the first rating assigned. This action denotes when a previously private rating is published. In cases where the publication coincides with a rating change, Fitch will only publish the changed rating. The rating history during the time when the rating was private will not be published.
Upgrade*
The rating has been raised in the scale.
Withdrawn*
The rating has been withdrawn and the issue or issuer is no longer rated by Fitch Ratings. When a public rating is withdrawn, Fitch will issue a RAC that details the current rating and Outlook or Watch status (if applicable), a statement that the rating is withdrawn and the reason for the withdrawal. A RAC is not required
A-11
when an issue has been redeemed, matured, repaid or paid in full. Withdrawals cannot be used to forestall arating action. Every effort is therefore made to ensure hat the rating opinion upon withdrawal reflects an updated view. However, this is not always possible, for example if a rating is withdrawn due to a lack of information. Rating Watches are also resolved prior to or concurrent with withdrawal unless the timing of the event driving the Rating Watch does not support an immediate resolution. Ratings that have been withdrawn will be indicated by the symbol ‘WD’.
Rating Modifier Actions
Modifiers include Rating Outlooks and Rating Watches.
Rating Watch Maintained*
The issue or issuer has been reviewed and remains on active Rating Watch status.
Rating Watch On*
The issue or issuer has been placed on active Rating Watch status.
Rating Watch Revision*
Rating Watch status has changed.
Under Review
Applicable to ratings that may undergo a change in scale not related to changes in fundamental credit quality. Final action will be “Revision Rating”
Review—No Action*
The rating has been reviewed by a credit rating committee with no change in rating or Outlook. As of the review date, the credit rating committee determined that nothing had sufficiently changed to warrant a new rating action. Such review will be published on the agency’s website, but RAC will not be issued.
Outlook Revision
Outlook revisions (e.g. to Rating Outlook Stable from Rating Outlook Positive) are used to indicate changes in the ratings trend. In structured finance transactions, the Outlook may be revised independently of a full review of the underlying rating (Revision Outlook).
An Outlook revision may also be used when a series of potential event risks has been identified, none of which individually warrants a Rating Watch but which cumulatively indicate heightened probability of a rating change over the following one to two years.
A revision to the Outlook may also be appropriate where a specific event has been identified that could lead to a change in ratings, but where the conditions and implications of that event are largely unclear and subject to high execution risk over a one-to two-year period.
Under Criteria Observation
The rating has been placed “Under Criteria Observation” upon the publication of new or revised criteria that is applicable to the rating, where the new or revised criteria has yet to be applied to the rating and where the criteria could result in a rating change when applied but the impact is not yet known.
Under Criteria Observation (UCO) is not a credit review and does not affect the rating level or Outlook/Watch, and does not satisfy the minimum annual review requirement. Placing a rating on UCO signals the beginning ofa period during which the new or revised criteria will be applied. Where there is heightened probability of the application of the new or revised criteria resulting in a rating change in a particular direction, a Rating Watch may be assigned in lieu of the UCO to reflect the potential impact of the new or revised criteria.
A-12
The status of UCO will be resolved after the application of the new or revised criteria, which must be completed within six months from the publication date of the new or revised criteria.
UCO is only applicable to private and public international credit ratings. It is not applicable to National Ratings, Non-Credit Scale Ratings, Credit Opinions or Rating Assessment Services. It is not applicable to ratings status Paid in Full, Matured, Withdrawn or Not Rated.
Criteria Observation Removed
UCO can be addressed and removed by a subsequent rating action such as affirmation, upgrade or downgrade; with these actions, the annual review requirement is also met.
Where a rating action has not been taken, a Criteria Observation Removed action may be taken if it has been determined that the rating would not change due to the application of the new criteria. The Criteria Observation Removed action does not satisfy Fitch’s minimum annual credit review requirement.
Recovery Rating Revision
Change to an issue’s Recovery Rating
Note: In cases where a modification has been made to correct an erroneous rating that was published on the Fitch website as the result of a clerical error, the rating history will be corrected as applicable and labeled as a “Rating Correction” with the date the correction was made.
Data Actions
Data Actions refer to actions taken on individual issuers or issues that denote the assignment or change of a rating but do not imply any change in the credit quality of the entity or issue.
Revision Enhancement
Some form of the credit support affecting the rating opinion has been added or removed.
Revision IDR
An issuer’s long-or short-term rating has been converted to an IDR. This action is used in cases where the change does not denote an upgrade or downgrade.
Revision Rating
Rating has been modified for reasons that are not related to credit quality, such as to reflect the introduction of a new rating scale. This action is also used for National Rating changes driven purely by a recalibration of a National Ratings Equivalency Table.
* | A Rating Action or Review must be recorded for each rating in a required cycle to be considered compliant with Fitch policy concerning aging of ratings. Not all Rating Actions, Data Actions, or changes in rating modifiers, meet this requirement. Actions or Reviews that meet this requirement are noted with an *. |
A-13
Appendix B
Nuveen proxy voting policies
Nuveen proxy voting policy
Applicability
This Policy applies to Nuveen employees acting on behalf of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, Teachers Advisors, LLC, and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC
Policy purpose and statement
Proxy voting is the primary means by which shareholders may influence a publicly traded company’s governance and operations and thus create the potential for value and positive long-term investment performance. When an SEC registered investment adviser has proxy voting authority, the adviser has a fiduciary duty to vote proxies in the best interests of its clients and must not subrogate its clients’ interests to its own. In their capacity as fiduciaries and investment advisers, Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (“NAM”), Teachers Advisors, LLC (“TAL”) and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC (“TCIM”), (each an “Adviser” and collectively, the “Advisers”), vote proxies for the Portfolio Companies held by their respective clients, including investment companies and other pooled investment vehicles, institutional and retail separate accounts, and other clients as applicable. The Advisers have adopted this Policy, the Nuveen Proxy Voting Guidelines, and the Nuveen Proxy Voting Conflicts of Interest Policy for voting the proxies of the Portfolio Companies they manage. The Advisers leverage the expertise and services of an internal group referred to as the Responsible Investing Team (RI Team) to administer the Advisers’ proxy voting. The RI Team adheres to the Advisers’ Proxy Voting Guidelines which are reasonably designed to ensure that the Advisers vote client securities in the best interests of the Advisers’ clients.
Policy statement
Proxy voting is a key component of a Portfolio Company’s corporate governance program and is the primary method for exercising shareholder rights and influencing the Portfolio Company’s behavior. Nuveen makes informed voting decisions in compliance with Rule 206(4)-6 (the “Rule”) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and applicable laws and regulations, (e.g., the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, “ERISA”).
Enforcement
As provided in the TIAA Code of Business Conduct, all employees are expected to comply with applicable laws and regulations, as well as the relevant policies, procedures and compliance manuals that apply to Nuveen’s business activities. Violation of this Policy may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.
Terms and definitions
Advisory Personnel includes the Adviser’s portfolio managers and/or research analysts.
Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”) are a set of pre-determined principles setting forth the manner in which the Advisers intend to vote on specific voting categories, and serve to assist clients, Portfolio Companies, and other interested parties in understanding how the Advisers intend to vote on proxy-related matters. The Guidelines are not exhaustive and do not necessarily dictate how the Advisers will ultimately vote with respect to any proposal or resolution.
B-1
Portfolio Company includes any publicly traded company held in an account that is managed by an Adviser.
Policy requirements
Investment advisers, in accordance with the Rule, are required to (i) adopt and implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, and address resolution of material conflicts that may arise, (ii) describe their proxy voting procedures to their clients and provide copies on request, and (iii) disclose to clients how they may obtain information on how the Advisers voted their proxies.
The Nuveen Proxy Voting Committee (the “Committee”), the Advisers, the RI Team and Nuveen Compliance are subject to the respective requirements outlined below under Roles and Responsibilities.
Although it is the general policy to vote all applicable proxies received in a timely fashion with respect to securities selected by an Adviser for current clients, the Adviser may refrain from voting in certain circumstances where such voting would be disadvantageous, materially burdensome or impractical, or otherwise inconsistent with the overall best interest of clients.
Roles and responsibilities
Nuveen Proxy Voting Committee
The purpose of the Committee is to establish a governance framework to oversee the proxy voting activities of the Advisers in accordance with the Policy. The Committee has delegated responsibility for the implementation and ongoing administration of the Policy to the RI Team, subject to the Committee’s ultimate oversight and responsibility as outlined in the Committee’s Proxy Voting Charter.
Advisers
1. | Advisory Personnel maintain the ultimate decision-making authority with respect to how proxies will be voted, unless otherwise instructed by a client, and may determine to vote contrary to the Guidelines and/or a vote recommendation of the RI Team if such Advisory Personnel determines it is in the best interest of the Adviser’s clients to do so. The rationale for all such contrary vote determinations will be documented and maintained. |
2. | When voting proxies for different groups of client accounts, Advisory Personnel may vote proxies held by the respective client accounts differently depending on the facts and circumstances specific to such client accounts. The rationale for all such vote determinations will be documented and maintained. |
3. | Advisory Personnel must comply with the Nuveen Proxy Voting Conflicts of Interest Policy with respect to potential material conflicts of interest. |
Responsible Investing Team
1. | Performs day-to-day administration of the Advisers’ proxy voting processes. |
2. | Seeks to vote proxies in adherence to the Guidelines, which have been constructed in a manner intended to align with the best interests of clients. In applying the Guidelines, the RI Team, on behalf of the Advisers, takes into account several factors, including, but not limited to: |
Input from Advisory Personnel
Third-party research
Specific Portfolio Company context, including environmental, social and governance practices, and financial performance.
B-2
3. | Delivers copies of the Advisers’ Policy to clients and prospective clients upon request in a timely manner, as appropriate. |
4. | Assists with the disclosure of proxy votes as applicable on corporate websites and elsewhere as required by applicable regulations. |
5. | Prepares reports of proxies voted on behalf of the Advisers’ investment company clients to their Boards or committees thereof, as applicable. |
6. | Performs an annual vote reconciliation for review by the Committee. |
7. | Arranges the annual service provider due diligence, including a review of the service provider’s potential conflicts of interests, and presents the results to the Committee. |
8. | Facilitates quarterly Committee meetings, including agenda and meeting minute preparation. |
9. | Complies with the Nuveen Proxy Voting Conflicts of Interest Policy with respect to potential material conflicts of interest. |
10. | Creates and retains certain records in accordance with Nuveen’s Record Management program. |
11. | Oversees the proxy voting service provider in making and retaining certain records as required under applicable regulation. |
12. | Assesses, in cooperation with Advisory Personnel, whether securities on loan should be recalled in order to vote their proxies. |
Nuveen Compliance
1. | Ensures proper disclosure of Advisers’ Policy to clients as required by regulation or otherwise. |
2. | Ensures proper disclosure to clients of how they may obtain information on how the Advisers voted their proxies. |
3. | Assists the RI Team with arranging the annual service provider due diligence and presenting the results to the Committee. |
4. | Monitors for compliance with this Policy and retains records relating to its monitoring activities pursuant to Nuveen’s Records Management program. |
Governance
Review and approval
This Policy will be reviewed at least annually and will be updated sooner if substantive changes are necessary. The Policy Leader, the Committee and the NEFI Compliance Committee are responsible for the review and approval of this Policy.
Implementation
Nuveen has established the Committee to provide centralized management and oversight of the proxy voting process administered by the RI Team for the Advisers in accordance with its Proxy Voting Committee Charter and this Policy.
Exceptions
Any request for a proposed exception or variation to this Policy will be submitted to the Committee for approval and reported to the appropriate governance committee(s), where appropriate.
B-3
Nuveen proxy voting conflicts of interest policy and procedures
Applicability
This Policy applies to employees of Nuveen (“Nuveen”) acting on behalf of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (“NAM”), Teachers Advisors, LLC (“TAL”) and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC (“TCIM”), (each an “Adviser” and collectively referred to as the “Advisers”)
Policy purpose and statement
Proxy voting by investment advisers is subject to U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and regulations, and for accounts subject to ERISA, U.S. Department of Labor (“DOL”) requirements. These rules and regulations require policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure proxies are voted in the best interest of clients and that such procedures set forth how the adviser addresses material conflicts that may arise between the Adviser’s interests and those of its clients. The purpose of this Proxy Voting Conflicts of Interest Policy and Procedures (“Policy”) is to describe how the Advisers monitor and address the risks associated with Material Conflicts of Interest arising out of business and personal relationships that could affect proxy voting decisions.
Nuveen’s Responsible Investing Team (“RI Team”) is responsible for providing vote recommendations, based on the Nuveen Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”), to the Advisers and for administering the voting of proxies on behalf of the Advisers. When determining how to vote proxies, the RI Team adheres to the Guidelines which are reasonably designed to ensure that the Advisers vote proxies in the best interests of the Advisers’ clients.
Advisers may face certain potential Material Conflicts of Interest when voting proxies. The procedures set forth below have been reasonably designed to identify, monitor, and address potential Material Conflicts of Interest to ensure that the Advisers’ voting decisions are based on the best interest of their clients and are not the product of a conflict.
Policy statement
The Advisers have a fiduciary duty to vote proxies in the best interests of their clients and must not subrogate the interests of their clients to their own.
Enforcement
As provided in the TIAA Code of Business Conduct, all employees are expected to comply with applicable laws and regulations, as well as the relevant policies, procedures and compliance manuals that apply to Nuveen’s business activities. Violation of this Policy may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.
Terms and definitions
Advisory Personnel includes the Advisers’ portfolio managers and research analysts.
Conflicts Watch List (“Watch List”) refers to a list maintained by the RI Team based on the following:
1. | The positions and relationships of the following categories of individuals are evaluated to assist in identifying a potential Material Conflict with a Portfolio Company: |
i. | The TIAA CEO |
ii. | Nuveen Executive Leadership Team |
B-4
iii. | RI Team members who provide proxy voting recommendations on behalf of the Advisers, |
iv. | Advisory Personnel, and |
v. | Household Members of the parties listed above in Nos. 1(i)–1(iv) |
The following criteria constitute a potential Material Conflict:
• | Any individual identified above in 1(i)–1(v) who serves on a Portfolio Company’s board of directors; and/or |
• | Any individual identified above in 1(v) who serves as a senior executive of a Portfolio Company. |
2. | In addition, the following circumstances have been determined to constitute a potential Material Conflict: |
i. | Voting proxies for Funds sponsored by a Nuveen Affiliated Entity (i.e., registered investment funds and other funds that require proxy voting) held in client accounts, |
ii. | Voting proxies for Portfolio Companies that are direct advisory clients of the Advisers and/or the Nuveen Affiliated Entities, |
iii. | Voting proxies for Portfolio Companies that have a material distribution relationship* with regard to the products or strategies of the Advisers and/or the Nuveen Affiliated Entities, |
iv. | Voting proxies for Portfolio Companies that are institutional investment consultants with which the Advisers and/or the Nuveen Affiliated Entities have engaged for any material business opportunity* and |
v. | Any other circumstance where the RI Team, the Nuveen Proxy Voting Committee (the “Committee”), the Advisers, Nuveen Legal or Nuveen Compliance are aware of in which the Adviser’s duty to serve its clients’ interests could be materially compromised. |
In addition, certain conflicts may arise when a Proxy Service Provider or their affiliate(s), have determined and/or disclosed that a relationship exists with i) a Portfolio Company ii) an entity acting as a primary shareholder proponent with respect to a Portfolio Company or iii) another party. Such relationships include, but are not limited to, the products and services provided to, and the revenue obtained from, such Portfolio Company or its affiliates. The Proxy Service Provider is required to disclose such relationships to the Advisers, and the RI Team reviews and evaluates the Proxy Service Provider’s disclosed conflicts of interest and associated controls annually and reports its assessment to the Committee.
Household Member includes any of the following who reside or are expected to reside in your household for at least 90 days a year: i) spouse or Domestic Partner, ii) sibling, iii) child, stepchild, grandchild, parents, grandparent, stepparent, and in-laws (mother, father, son, daughter, brother, sister).
Domestic Partner is defined as an individual who is neither a relative of, or legally married to, a Nuveen employee but shares a residence and is in a mutual commitment similar to marriage with such Nuveen employee.
Material Conflicts of Interest (“Material Conflict”) A conflict of interest that reasonably could have the potential to influence a recommendation based on the criteria described in this Policy.
Nuveen Affiliated Entities refers to TIAA and entities that are under common control with the Advisers and that provide investment advisory services to third party clients.† TIAA and the Advisers will undertake reasonable efforts to identify and manage any potential TIAA-related conflicts of interest.
Portfolio Company refers to any publicly traded company held in an account that is managed by an Adviser or a Nuveen Affiliated Entity.
B-5
Proxy Service Provider(s) refers to any independent third-party vendor(s) who provides proxy voting administrative, research and/or recordkeeping services to Nuveen.
Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”) are a set of pre-determined principles setting forth the manner in which the Advisers generally intend to vote on specific voting categories and serve to assist clients, Portfolio Companies, and other interested parties in understanding how the Advisers generally intend to vote proxy-related matters. The Guidelines are not exhaustive and do not necessarily dictate how the Advisers will ultimately vote with respect to any proposal or resolution.
Proxy Voting Conflicts of Interest Escalation Form (“Escalation Form”) Used in limited circumstances as described below to formally document certain requests to deviate from the Guidelines, the rationale supporting the request, and the ultimate resolution.
* | Such criteria is defined in a separate standard operating procedure. |
† | Such list is maintained in a separate standard operating procedure. |
Policy requirements
The Advisers have a fiduciary duty to vote proxies in the best interests of their clients and must not subrogate the interests of their clients to their own.
The RI Team and Advisory Personnel are prohibited from being influenced in their proxy voting decisions by any individual outside the established proxy voting process. The RI Team and Advisory Personnel are required to report to Nuveen Compliance any individuals or parties seeking to influence proxy votes outside the established proxy voting process.
The RI Team generally seeks to vote proxies in adherence to the Guidelines. In the event that a potential Material Conflict has been identified, the Committee, the RI Team, Advisory Personnel and Nuveen Compliance are required to comply with the following:
Proxies are generally voted in accordance with the Guidelines. In instances where a proxy is issued by a Portfolio Company on the Watch List, and the RI Team’s vote direction is in support of company management and either contrary to the Guidelines or the Guidelines require a case by case review, then the RI Team vote recommendation is evaluated using established criteria‡ to determine whether a potential conflict exists. In instances where it is determined a potential conflict exists, the vote direction shall default to the recommendation of an independent third-party Proxy Service Provider based on such provider’s benchmark policy. To the extent the RI Team believes there is a justification to vote contrary to the Proxy Service Provider’s benchmark recommendation in such an instance, then such requests are evaluated and mitigated pursuant to an Escalation Form review process as described in the Roles and Responsibilities section below. In all cases votes are intended to be in line with the Guidelines and in the best interests of clients.
The Advisers are required to adhere to the baseline standards and guiding principles governing client and personnel conflicts as outlined in the TIAA Conflicts of Interest Policy to assist in identifying, escalating and addressing proxy voting conflicts in a timely manner.
‡ | Such criteria is defined in a separate standard operating procedure. |
Roles and responsibilities
Nuveen Proxy Voting Committee
1. | Annually, review and approve the criteria constituting a Material Conflict involving the individuals and entities named on the Watch List. |
B-6
2. | Review and approve the Policy annually, or more frequently as required. |
3. | Review Escalation Forms as described above to determine whether the rationale of the recommendation is clearly articulated and reasonable relative to the potential Material Conflict. |
4. | Review RI Team Material Conflicts reporting. |
5. | Review and consider any other matters involving the Advisers’ proxy voting activities that are brought to the Committee. |
Responsible Investing Team
1. | Promptly disclose RI Team members’ Material Conflicts to Nuveen Compliance. |
2. | RI Team members must recuse themselves from all decisions related to proxy voting for the Portfolio Company seeking the proxy for which they personally have disclosed, or are required to disclose, a Material Conflict. |
3. | Compile, administer and update the Watch List promptly based on the Watch List criteria described herein as necessary. |
4. | Evaluate vote recommendations for Portfolio Companies on the Watch List, based on established criteria to determine whether a vote shall default to the third-party Proxy Service Provider, or whether an Escalation Form is required. |
5. | In instances where an Escalation Form is required as described above, the RI Team member responsible for the recommendation completes and submits the form to an RI Team manager and the Committee. The RI Team will specify a response due date from the Committee typically no earlier than two business days from when the request was delivered. While the RI Team will make reasonable efforts to provide a two business day notification period, in certain instances the required response date may be shortened. The Committee reviews the Escalation Form to determine whether a Material Conflict exists and whether the rationale of the recommendation is clearly articulated and reasonable relative to the existing conflict. The Committee will then provide its response in writing to the RI Team member who submitted the Escalation Form. |
6. | Provide Nuveen Compliance with established reporting. |
7. | Prepare Material Conflicts reporting to the Committee and other parties, as applicable. |
8. | Retain Escalation Forms and responses thereto and all other relevant documentation in conformance with Nuveen’s Record Management program. |
Advisory Personnel
1. | Promptly disclose Material Conflicts to Nuveen Compliance. |
2. | Provide input and/or vote recommendations to the RI Team upon request. Advisory Personnel are prohibited from providing the RI Team with input and/or recommendations for any Portfolio Company for which they have disclosed, or are required to disclose, a Material Conflict. |
3. | From time to time as part of the Adviser’s normal course of business, Advisory Personnel may initiate an action to override the Guidelines for a particular proposal. For a proxy vote issued by a Portfolio Company on the Watch List, if Advisory Personnel request a vote against the Guidelines and in favor of Portfolio Company management, then the request will be evaluated by the RI Team in accordance with their established criteria and processes described above. To the extent an Escalation Form is required, the Committee reviews the Escalation Form to determine whether the rationale of the recommendation is clearly articulated and reasonable relative to the potential Material Conflict. |
Nuveen Compliance
1. | Determine criteria constituting a Material Conflict involving the individuals and entities named on the Watch List. |
B-7
2. | Determine parties responsible for collection of, and providing identified Material Conflicts to, the RI Team for inclusion on the Watch List. |
3. | Perform periodic reviews of votes where Material Conflicts have been identified to determine whether the votes were cast in accordance with this Policy. |
4. | Develop and maintain, in consultation with the RI Team, standard operating procedures to support the Policy. |
5. | Perform periodic monitoring to determine adherence to the Policy. |
6. | Administer training to the Advisers and the RI Team, as applicable, to ensure applicable personnel understand Material Conflicts and disclosure responsibilities. |
7. | Assist the Committee with the annual review of this Policy. |
Nuveen Legal
1. | Provide legal guidance as requested. |
Governance
Review and approval
This Policy will be reviewed at least annually and will be updated sooner if changes are necessary. The Policy Leader, the Committee and the NEFI Compliance Committee are responsible for the review and approval of this Policy.
Implementation
Nuveen has established the Committee to provide centralized management and oversight of the proxy voting process administered by the RI Team for the Advisers in accordance with its Proxy Voting Committee Charter and this Policy.
Exceptions
Any request for a proposed exception or variation to this Policy will be submitted to the Committee for approval and reported to the appropriate governance committee(s), where appropriate.
B-8
Nuveen Enhanced High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
Common Shares
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
July 28, 2023
RAI-HYIF-0722D
PART C—OTHER INFORMATION
Item 25: Financial Statements and Exhibits
1. | Financial Statements: |
Contained in Part A:
Financial Highlights of the Nuveen Enhanced High Yield Municipal Bond Fund (the “Registrant” or the “Fund”) for the fiscal period June 30, 2021 (commencement of operations) through March 31, 2022 and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023.
Contained in Part B:
Registrant’s Financial Statements are incorporated in Part B by reference to Registrant’s March 31, 2023 Annual Report (audited) on Form N-CSR as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) via EDGAR Accession No. 0001193125-23-159738 on June 2, 2023.
2. | Exhibits: |
Item 26: Marketing Arrangements
Reference is made to the Form of Distribution Agreement filed as Exhibit h to this Registration Statement.
Item 27: Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
Not applicable.
Item 28: Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant
None.
Item 29: Number of Holders of Securities
At May 31, 2023:
Title of Class |
Number of Record Holders | |||
Class I Common Shares, $0.01 par value | 155 | |||
Class A1 Common Shares, $0.01 par value |
198 | |||
Class A2 Common Shares, $0.01 par value |
165 |
Item 30: Indemnification
Section 4 of Article XII of the Registrant’s Declaration of Trust provides as follows:
Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in this Section 4, every person who is, or has been, a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, including persons who serve at the request of the Trust as directors, trustees, officers, employees or agents of another organization in which the Trust has an interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (hereinafter referred to as a “Covered Person”), shall be indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been such a Trustee, director, officer, employee or agent and against amounts paid or incurred by him in settlement thereof.
No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Covered Person:
(a) against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of a final adjudication by the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought that he engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office;
(b) with respect to any matter as to which he shall have been finally adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the Trust; or
(c) in the event of a settlement or other disposition not involving a final adjudication (as provided in paragraph (a) or (b)) and resulting in a payment by a Covered Person, unless there has been either a determination that such Covered Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office by the court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition or a reasonable determination, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that he did not engage in such conduct:
(i) by a vote of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees acting on the matter (provided that a majority of the Disinterested Trustees then in office act on the matter); or
(ii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel.
The rights of indemnification herein provided may be insured against by policies maintained by the Trust, shall be severable, shall not affect any other rights to which any Covered Person may now or hereafter be entitled, shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be such a Covered Person and shall inure to the benefit
of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Nothing contained herein shall affect any rights to indemnification to which Trust personnel other than Covered Persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law.
Expenses of preparation and presentation of a defense to any claim, action, suit or proceeding subject to a claim for indemnification under this Section 4 shall be advanced by the Trust prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the recipient to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification under this Section 4, provided that either:
(a) such undertaking is secured by a surety bond or some other appropriate security or the Trust shall be insured against losses arising out of any such advances; or
(b) a majority of the Disinterested Trustees acting on the matter (provided that a majority of the Disinterested Trustees then in office act on the matter) or independent legal counsel in a written opinion shall determine, based upon a review of the readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the recipient ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
As used in this Section 4, a “Disinterested Trustee” is one (x) who is not an Interested Person of the Trust (including anyone, as such Disinterested Trustee, who has been exempted from being an Interested Person by any rule, regulation or order of the Commission), and (y) against whom none of such actions, suits or other proceedings or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending.
As used in this Section 4, the words “claim,” “action,” “suit” or “proceeding” shall apply to all claims, actions, suits, proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative or other, including appeals), actual or threatened; and the words “liability” and “expenses” shall include without limitation, attorneys’ fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities.
The trustees and officers of the Registrant are covered by joint errors and omissions insurance policies against liability and expenses of claims of wrongful acts arising out of their position with the Registrant and other Nuveen funds, subject to such policies’ coverage limits, exclusions and retention.
Section 16 of the Form of Distribution Agreement filed as Exhibit h to this Registration Statement provides for each of the parties thereto, including the Registrant and the Distributor, to indemnify the other party, its trustees, directors, certain of its officers, trustees, directors and persons who control it against certain liabilities in connection with the offering described herein, including liabilities under the federal securities laws.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 31: Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser and Subadviser
(a) Nuveen Fund Advisors manages the Registrant and serves as investment adviser or manager to other open-end and closed-end management investment companies and to separately managed accounts. The principal business address for all of these investment companies and the persons named below is 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the directors and officers of Nuveen Fund Advisors or Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (“Nuveen Asset Management”) who serve as officers or Trustees of the Registrant have engaged during the last two years for his or her account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee appears under “Management” in the Statement of Additional Information. Such information for the remaining senior officers of Nuveen Fund Advisors appears below:
Name and Position with Nuveen Fund Advisors |
Other Business, Profession, Vocation or | |
Oluseun Salami, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Senior Vice President (since 2020) NIS/R&T, Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Nuveen Alternative Advisors LLC (since 2020), Teachers Advisors, LLC (since 2020), TIAA-CREF Asset Management LLC (since 2020) and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC (since 2020); Executive Vice President (since 2022), formerly, Senior Vice President (2020-2022), and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020), Nuveen, LLC; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (since 2022), Nuveen Investments, Inc.; Executive Vice President (since 2021), formerly, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (2018-2021), Business Finance and Planning (2020) Chief Accounting Officer (2019-2020), Corporate Controller (2018-2020), Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America; formerly, Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller, College Retirement Equities Fund, TIAA Board of Overseers, TIAA Separate Account VA-1, TIAA-CREF Funds, TIAA-CREF Life Funds (2018-2020). | |
Erik Mogavero, Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer |
Formerly employed by Deutsche Bank (2013- August 2017) as Managing Director, Head of Asset Management and Wealth Management Compliance for the Americas region and Chief Compliance Officer of Deutsche Investment Management Americas. | |
Michael A. Perry, President |
Chief Executive Officer (since 2023), formerly, Co-Chief Executive Officer (2019-2023), Executive Vice President (2017-2019) and Managing Director (2015-2017) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; and Executive Vice President (since 2017) of Nuveen Alternative Investments, LLC. | |
Megan Sendlak, Managing Director and Controller | Managing Director and Controller (since 2020) of Nuveen Alternatives Advisors LLC, Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, Nuveen Investments, Inc., Teachers Advisors, LLC, and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC; Managing Director (since 2019) and Controller (since 2020), formerly, Assistant Controller (2019-2020), of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Managing Director and Controller (since 2020), formerly, Vice President and Corporate Accounting Director (2018-2020) of Nuveen, LLC; Managing Director and Controller (since 2021), formerly, Vice President and Assistant Controller (2019-2021), of NIS/R&T, INC.; formerly, |
Name and Position with Nuveen Fund Advisors |
Other Business, Profession, Vocation or | |
Vice President and Controller of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC and Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC (2020-2021); Vice President and Controller of Winslow Capital Management, LLC (since 2020). |
Nuveen Asset Management serves as investment sub-adviser to the Registrant and also serves as investment sub-adviser to other open-end and closed-end funds and investment adviser to separately managed accounts. The following is a list of the remaining senior officers of Nuveen Asset Management. The principal business address of each person is 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
Name and Position with Nuveen Asset Management |
Other Business, Profession, Vocation or | |
William T. Huffman, President |
Executive Vice President (since 2020) of Nuveen Securities, LLC and Nuveen, LLC; President, Nuveen Investments, Inc. (since 2020), Teachers Advisors, LLC and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC (since 2019); Senior Managing Director (since 2019) of Nuveen Alternative Advisors LLC; Senior Managing Director (since 2022) and Chairman (since 2019) of Churchill Asset Management LLC. | |
Stuart J. Cohen, Managing Director, Head of Legal and Assistant Secretary |
Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (since 2002) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Managing Director (since 2007) and Assistant Secretary (since 2003) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary (since 2019) of Teachers. Advisors, LLC; Managing Director, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary (since 2019) of TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC; Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2008) of Winslow Capital Management, LLC; formerly, Vice President (2007-2021) and Assistant Secretary (2003-2021) of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC; formerly Vice President (2007-2021) and Assistant Secretary (2006-2021) of Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC. | |
Travis M. Pauley, Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer |
Regional Head of Compliance and Regulatory Legal (2013-2020) of AXA Investment Managers. | |
Megan Sendlak, Managing Director and Controller |
Managing Director and Controller (since 2020) of Nuveen Alternatives Advisors LLC, Nuveen Investments, Inc., Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, Teachers Advisors, LLC and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC; Managing Director (since 2019) and Controller (since 2020), formerly, Assistant Controller (2019-2020), of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Managing Director and Controller (since 2020), formerly, Vice President and Corporate Accounting Director (2018-2020) of Nuveen, LLC; Managing Director and Controller (since 2021), formerly, Vice President and Assistant Controller (2019-2021), of NIS/R&T, INC.; formerly, Vice President and Controller of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC and Santa Barbara Asset |
Name and Position with Nuveen Asset Management |
Other Business, Profession, Vocation or | |
Management, LLC (2020-2021); Vice President and Controller of Winslow Capital Management, LLC (since 2020). |
Item 32: Location of Accounts and Records
Nuveen Fund Advisors, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, maintains the Declaration of Trust, By-laws, minutes of Trustees’ and shareholders’ meetings and contracts of the Registrant and all advisory material of the investment adviser.
State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Congress Street, Suite 1, Boston, Massachusetts 02111-2016, maintains all general and subsidiary ledgers, journals, trial balances, records of all portfolio purchases and sales, and all other required records not maintained by Nuveen Fund Advisors.
Item 33: Management Services
Not applicable.
Item 34: Undertakings
1. | Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of its shares until it amends its prospectus if: (1) subsequent to the effective date of its Registration Statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the Registration Statement; or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus. |
2. | Not applicable. |
3. | The Registrant undertakes: |
a. to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement:
(1) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(2) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
(3) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
b. that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
c. to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
d. that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:
(1) Not applicable;
(2) if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C [17 CFR 230.430C]: each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and
e. that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:
The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
(1) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act;
(2) free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;
(3) the portion of any other free writing prospectus or advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act [17 CFR 230.482] relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
(4) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.
4. | The Registrant undertakes that: |
a. For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
b. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
5. | Not applicable. |
6. | The Registrant undertakes that insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the 1933 Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. |
7. | The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information. |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in this City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, on the 28th day of July, 2023.
NUVEEN ENHANCED HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL BOND FUND |
/S/ MARK L. WINGET |
Mark L. Winget, Vice President and Secretary |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date | ||
/s/ E. Scott Wickerham E. Scott Wickerham |
Vice President and Controller (principal financial and accounting officer) | July 28, 2023 | ||
/s/ David J. Lamb David J. Lamb |
Chief Administrative Officer (principal executive officer) | July 28, 2023 | ||
Terence J. Toth* | Chairman of the Board and Trustee |
|||
Jack B. Evans* | Trustee |
|||
William C. Hunter* | Trustee |
|||
Amy B. R. Lancellotta* | Trustee |
|||
Joanne T. Medero* | Trustee |
|||
Albin F. Moschner* | Trustee |
|||
John K. Nelson* | Trustee |
|||
Matthew Thornton III* | Trustee |
|||
Margaret L. Wolff* | Trustee |
|||
Robert L. Young* | Trustee |
By:
/s/ Mark L. Winget
Mark L. Winget,
Attorney-in-Fact
July 28, 2023
* | The powers of attorney authorizing Mark L. Winget and Eric F. Fess, among others, to execute this Registration Statement, and Amendments thereto, for the Trustees of the Registrant on whose behalf this Registration Statement is filed, have been executed and are filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement. |
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
NUVEEN FUND BOARD VOLUNTARY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES
(Effective November 1, 2021,
Exhibits Amended July 1, 2023)
Internal Use Only (I)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 PURPOSE OF PLAN; RESTATEMENT EFFECTIVE DATE |
1 | |||||
1.1 |
Purpose of Plan | 1 | ||||
1.2 |
Effective Date | 1 | ||||
1.3 |
Grandfather Rule for Pre-2005 Accounts | 1 | ||||
SECTION 2 DEFINITION OF TERMS AND CONSTRUCTION |
1 | |||||
2.1 |
Definitions | 1 | ||||
2.2 |
Plurals and Gender | 4 | ||||
2.3 |
Headings | 4 | ||||
2.4 |
Separate Agreement | 4 | ||||
SECTION 3 DEFERRALS |
4 | |||||
3.1 |
Deferral Election | 4 | ||||
3.2 |
Payment Reduction | 4 | ||||
3.3 |
Effect of Election | 4 | ||||
3.4 |
Unforeseeable Emergencies | 4 | ||||
SECTION 4 ACCOUNTS |
5 | |||||
4.1 |
Crediting of Deferrals | 5 | ||||
4.2 |
Valuation of Account | 5 | ||||
SECTION 5 DISTRIBUTIONS FROM ACCOUNT |
7 | |||||
5.1 |
Participants Payment Election | 7 | ||||
5.2 |
Irrevocability | 8 | ||||
5.3 |
Death or Disability Prior to Complete Distribution of Account | 8 | ||||
5.4 |
Unforeseeable Emergency | 8 | ||||
5.5 |
Designation of Beneficiary | 8 | ||||
5.6 |
Compliance With Conflicts of Interest Laws | 9 | ||||
SECTION 6 AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION |
9 | |||||
6.1 |
Amendments | 9 | ||||
6.2 |
Termination | 9 | ||||
SECTION 7 MISCELLANEOUS |
10 | |||||
7.1 |
Rights of Creditors | 10 | ||||
7.2 |
Agents | 10 | ||||
7.3 |
Incapacity | 10 | ||||
7.4 |
Statement of Account | 10 | ||||
7.5 |
Governing Law | 10 | ||||
7.6 |
Non-Guarantee of Status | 11 | ||||
7.7 |
Counsel | 11 |
i
Internal Use Only (I)
7.8 |
Interests Not Transferable | 11 | ||||
7.9 |
Entire Agreement | 11 | ||||
7.10 |
Powers of Administrator | 11 | ||||
7.11 |
Participant Litigation | 12 | ||||
7.12 |
Successors and Assigns | 12 | ||||
7.13 |
Severability | 12 | ||||
7.14 |
Section 409A | 12 |
ii
Internal Use Only (I)
NUVEEN FUND BOARD VOLUNTARY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES
(Effective November 1, 2021)
SECTION 1 PURPOSE OF PLAN; RESTATEMENT EFFECTIVE DATE
1.1 Purpose of Plan. The Board of each Participating Fund maintains this voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Directors and Trustees. The purpose of the Plan is to allow the independent directors and trustees of the Participating Funds to defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation they earn for their service to the Funds in lieu of receiving current payments of such compensation, and to treat any deferred amount as though an equivalent dollar amount had been invested in shares of one or more Eligible Funds. Each Board intends that the Plan shall be maintained at all times on an unfunded basis for federal income tax purposes under the Code. The Plan is not covered by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.2 Effective Date. This amendment and restatement of the Plan is November 1, 2021.
1.3 Grandfather Rule for Pre-2005 Accounts. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the terms of the Pre-2005 Plan shall apply to the portion (if any) of a Participants Account as of December 31, 2004, including credited earnings and losses with respect thereto (the Grandfathered Account); provided, however, that with respect to any election change otherwise allowable thereunder, (i) such change may be made only during such annual enrollment periods as the Administrator shall establish, and (ii) if a change in the Participants payment election would result in the commencement of payment in a given Plan Year, the change may in no event be made later than the end of the annual enrollment period occurring prior to the first day of such Plan Year. With the exception of this Section 1.3 the provisions of this amended and restated Plan shall not apply to such Grandfathered Account. The Pre-2005 Plan shall be deemed to constitute a separate plan for purposes of Section 409A.
SECTION 2 DEFINITION OF TERMS AND CONSTRUCTION
2.1 Definitions. The following terms as used in this Plan shall have the following meanings:
(a) Account shall mean the aggregation of a Participants Plan Year Accounts.
(b) Administrator shall mean Nuveen or such other person or persons as Nuveen may from time to time designate, provided that no Participant may serve as Administrator.
1
Internal Use Only (I)
(c) Beneficiary shall mean such person or persons designated pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof to receive benefits after the death of a Participant.
(d) Board shall mean the Board of Directors or the Board of Trustees of the respective Participating Funds.
(e) Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.
(f) Compensation shall mean the retainer and fees paid to a Participant (prior to reduction for Deferrals made under this Plan) for serving as a member of the Board of any Participating Fund or as a member of any committee or subcommittee of such Board.
(g) Deferral shall mean the amount or amounts of a Participants Compensation deferred under the provisions of Section 3.
(h) Deferral Election shall mean the Participants election under Section 3.1 to defer all or a portion of his or her Compensation.
(i) Designated Fund shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).
(j) Eligible Fund means an open-end fund managed by Nuveen and designated by the Boards as a fund that may be chosen by a Participant as a fund in which the Participants Account may be deemed to be invested. Unless and until each Board otherwise determines, the Eligible Funds shall include only one or more open-end funds managed by Nuveen. Open-end funds that cease to be managed by Nuveen shall automatically cease to be Eligible Funds, unless one of the Boards otherwise determines with respect to Participants that are members of such Board. The Boards may at any time remove any open-end fund from the list of Eligible Funds, or may add any open-end fund (whether or not managed by Nuveen), for Participants who are members of that Board. Eligible Funds shall be listed on Exhibit B to the Plan, which shall be revised from time to time by the Administrator; provided, however, that failure to list an Eligible Fund on Exhibit B shall not affect its status as an Eligible Fund. The Administrator shall report to the Board on a quarterly basis any changes to Exhibit B.
(k) Net Asset Value shall mean the per share value of an open-end fund, as determined as set forth in such funds registration statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (1940 Act), governing instruments and otherwise in accordance with law.
(l) Nuveen shall mean Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates.
(m) Participant shall mean a member of a Board who is not an interested person of a Participating Fund or of Nuveen, as such term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
2
Internal Use Only (I)
(n) Participating Fund shall mean all open-end funds, closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds and interval funds managed by Nuveen. Participating Funds shall be listed on Exhibit A to the Plan, which shall be revised from time to time by the Administrator; provided, however, that failure to list a Participating Fund on Exhibit A shall not affect its status as a Participating Fund. The Administrator shall report to the Board on a quarterly basis any changes to Exhibit A.
(o) Payment Election shall mean an election pursuant to Section 5.1.
(p) Plan shall mean this Nuveen Fund Board Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Directors and Trustees, as amended from time to time.
(q) Plan Year shall mean the 12-month period beginning January 1 and ending December 31.
(r) Plan Year Account shall mean the book entry account described in Section 4.1(a).
(s) Plan Year Subaccount shall mean, with respect to a Participating Fund, the portion of a Plan Year Account attributable to a Participants Compensation deferred to such Participating Fund.
(t) Pre-2005 Plan shall mean the Plan as in effect prior to January 1, 2005.
(u) Section 409A shall mean Section 409A of the Code, as interpreted by regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.
(v) Separation from Service means a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A. A Separation from Service with respect to any Participating Fund shall occur on the date as of which there is a complete termination of a Participants relationship as a director (or independent contractor or employee) with respect to such Participating Fund, with no reasonable anticipation (as determined in good faith by the Administrator) of the Participant being reappointed to the Board of such Participating Fund.
(w) Unforeseeable Emergency means a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant or his or her spouse or dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code), loss of the Participants property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance), or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the Participants control. Circumstances that may constitute an Unforeseeable Emergency include the imminent foreclosure of or eviction from the Participants primary residence; the need to pay for medical expenses, including nonrefundable deductibles, as well as for the costs of prescription drug medication; and the need to pay for the funeral expenses of a spouse or a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code). The purchase of a home and the payment of college tuition generally are not Unforeseeable Emergencies. Whether the
3
Internal Use Only (I)
Participant is faced with an Unforeseeable Emergency permitting an emergency withdrawal shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, based on the relevant facts and circumstances and applying regulations and other guidance under Section 409A.
(x) Valuation Date shall mean the last business day of each calendar quarter and any other day upon which Nuveen makes a valuation of the Account.
2.2 Plurals and Gender. Where appearing in this Plan the singular shall include the plural and the masculine shall include the feminine, and vice versa, unless the context clearly indicates a different meaning.
2.3 Headings. The headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.
2.4 Separate Agreement. This Plan shall be construed as a separate agreement between each Participant and each of the Participating Funds.
SECTION 3 DEFERRALS
3.1 Deferral Election. A Participant may elect to defer all or a specified percentage or amount of the Compensation earned in a Plan Year by such Participant for serving as a member of the Board of any Participating Fund or as a member of any committee or subcommittee thereof. Reimbursement of expenses of attending meetings of the Board, committees of the Board or subcommittees of such committees may not be deferred. Such election shall be made by executing before the first day of such Plan Year such election notice as the Administrator may prescribe; provided, however, that upon first becoming eligible to participate in the Plan by reason of appointment to a Board, a Participant may file a Deferral Election not later than 30 days after the effective date of such appointment, which election shall apply to Compensation earned in the portion of the Plan Year commencing the day after such election is filed and ending on the last day of such Plan Year.
3.2 Payment Reduction. While a Deferral Election is in effect, deferrals described in Section 3.1 shall be withheld, based upon the percentage or amount elected, from each payment of Compensation to which the Participant would otherwise have been entitled but for his Deferral Election.
3.3 Effect of Election. A Deferral Election pursuant to Section 3.1 shall apply only to the Plan Year for which it is made and shall be irrevocable except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 3.4.
3.4 Unforeseeable Emergencies. In the event of a Participants Unforeseeable Emergency on account of which the Participant receives a withdrawal pursuant to Section 5.4, the Participants Deferral Election shall be canceled.
4
Internal Use Only (I)
SECTION 4 ACCOUNTS
4.1 Crediting of Deferrals.
(a) The Administrator shall establish a book entry account (Plan Year Account) consisting of one or more Plan Year Subaccounts, to which will be credited an amount equal to the Participants Deferrals of Compensation from each respective Participating Fund under this Plan with respect to such Plan Year. The requirement to maintain separate Plan Year Subaccounts shall be deemed satisfied if the Administrator maintains (i) separate Plan Year Accounts and (ii) adequate records to enable the portions of each Plan Year Account attributable to the respective Plan Year Subaccounts to be calculated at any time.
(b) Any Compensation from a Participating Fund for a Plan Year earned by a Participant which he has elected to defer pursuant to the Plan will be credited to the corresponding Plan Year Subaccount on the date such Compensation otherwise would have been payable to such Participant.
(c) The obligations to pay the amounts in a Participants Plan Year Subaccounts associated with a Participating Fund shall be the sole obligation of that Participating Fund.
(d) Plan Year Subaccounts shall be debited to reflect any distributions from such subaccounts. Such debits shall be allocated to the Plan Year Subaccount as of the date such distributions are made.
4.2 Valuation of Account.
(a) Each Board shall from time to time designate one or more open-end funds managed by Nuveen as Eligible Funds. A Participant, on his Deferral Election form, shall have the right to select from the then-current list of Eligible Funds one or more funds in which his Account shall be deemed invested as set forth in this Section 4.2 (Designated Funds). A Participant shall designate whether his election pursuant to this Section 4.2(a), or change in election pursuant to Section 4.2(b), is to apply to his entire Account or to one or more Plan Year Accounts as specified in the election. A Participant may designate an Eligible Fund even if he is not a member of the Board of that Eligible Fund. Except as provided below, amounts credited to a Participants Account shall be treated as though such amounts had been invested and reinvested in shares of the Participants Designated Funds, initially calculated as follows:
(i) the product of
(A) the amount of such Deferrals and
(B) the percentage of such Deferrals to be deemed invested in that Designated Fund, divided by
(ii) the Designated Funds Net Asset Value per share as of the date such amount is so credited.
5
Internal Use Only (I)
(b) Pursuant to rules established by the Administrator from time to time, each Participant may direct that the Designated Funds in which his or her Account is deemed invested be changed. Any election to change such investment direction shall indicate the dollar amount or percentage of the balance in such Account (determined based on the then current Net Asset Value of each Designated Fund in which the Account is deemed invested immediately prior to giving effect to such investment change) to be invested in each such Designated Fund. Any such change shall be effective on the third Saturday of the second month of each calendar quarter (effective date). The number of shares of each Designated Fund to be deemed held in the Participants Account following such investment change shall be calculated as follows:
(i) the product of
(A) the balance in such Account and
(B) the percentage of such balance to be deemed invested in that Designated Fund divided by
(ii) the Designated Funds Net Asset Value per share as of the effective date.
(c) If a Designated Fund shall pay a stock dividend on, or split, combine, reclassify or substitute other securities by merger, consolidation or otherwise for its outstanding shares, the Participants Account shall be adjusted as though shares of such Designated Fund were actually held by the Account in order to preserve rights substantially proportionate to the rights deemed held immediately prior to such event.
(d) On each payment date of dividends or capital gains distributions declared on shares of any Designated Fund in which a Participants Account is deemed invested, the Account will be credited with book adjustments representing all dividends or capital gains distributions which would have been realized had such account been invested in shares of such Designated Fund and such dividend or capital gains distribution had been received and reinvested.
(e) The value of a Plan Year Subaccount on any Valuation Date shall be the sum of (i) the number of shares of each Designated Fund deemed to be held in the Plan Year Subaccount as provided by the preceding paragraphs, multiplied by (ii) the Net Asset Value per share of such Designated Fund on the Valuation Date.
(f) On each date upon which a distribution of less than the entire balance is to be charged to a Participants Plan Year Subaccount, the amount of such distribution shall, unless the Participant otherwise specifies in accordance with rules established by the Administrator, be allocated among all of the Designated Funds in which the Plan Year Subaccount is deemed to be invested in proportion to the aggregate value of the number of deemed shares of each such Designated Fund, and the number of deemed shares of each such Designated Fund shall then be reduced by the portion of the distribution allocated to such Designated Fund divided by the Net Asset Value per share of such Designated Fund on the date on which the distribution is charged.
6
Internal Use Only (I)
(g) If an Eligible Fund is removed from the list of Eligible Funds for any reason then no further deferrals shall be deemed invested in such fund (although prior deferrals may remain deemed invested in such fund) and, unless the Board otherwise determines, the Administrator shall give each Participant whose Account is deemed to be invested in such Eligible Fund a reasonable period to submit a new designation, and any Participant who fails to submit a new designation shall be subject to the provisions of the last sentence of Section 4.2(h) below.
(h) As of each Valuation Date, income, gain and loss equivalents (determined as if the Account were invested in the manner set forth under Section 4.2(a) above) attributable to the period following the next preceding Valuation Date shall be credited to and/or deducted from the Participants Plan Year Subaccounts. Except as provided below, the Participants Plan Year Subaccounts shall receive a return in accordance with his deemed investment designations, provided such designations conform to the provisions of this Section. If:
(i) the Participant does not furnish the Administrator with a written designation,
(ii) the written designation from the Participant is unclear, or
(iii) less than all of the Participants Account is covered by such written designation,
then the Participants Account shall receive no return until such time as the Participant shall provide the Administrator with instructions.
SECTION 5 DISTRIBUTIONS FROM ACCOUNT
5.1 Participants Payment Election.
(a) Simultaneously with the filing of a Deferral Election for a Plan Year pursuant to Section 3.1, a Participant shall elect on such form as the Administrator may prescribe the time and manner in which the corresponding Plan Year Account shall be distributed. Such election shall specify (i) whether each Plan Year Subaccount within the Plan Year Account is to be paid in a lump sum or in substantially equal annual installments over a period between two and 20 years and (ii) the date on which such lump-sum payment is to be made and/or such installments are to commence. For purposes of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence a Participant may specify either (i) the time of the Participants Separation from Service, or (ii) a specific date. In the event of a Participants Separation from Service from some but not all of the Participating Funds to which the Participants Plan Year Account is attributable, to the extent a Participants Payment Election relates to his or her Separation from Service, it shall affect only the Plan Year Subaccounts attributable to the Participating Funds from which the Participant has incurred a Separation from Service.
(b) A Participants Payment Election shall apply only to the Plan Year Account for which it is made.
7
Internal Use Only (I)
(c) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, the balance in a Participants Plan Year Account shall be paid in accordance with the Participants valid Payment Election made for such Plan Year Account pursuant to this Section 5.
(d) A Participants Payment Election may be amended at any time provided that such amendment (1) is in writing, (2) will not become effective for twelve (12) months from the date thereof, (3) is made not less than twelve (12) months prior to the date the first payment is scheduled to be made, and (4) defers the payment of benefits for at least five (5) years from the date such payments would otherwise have begun.
5.2 Irrevocability. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, a Participants Payment Election shall be irrevocable.
5.3 Death or Disability Prior to Complete Distribution of Account. If a Participant dies or becomes disabled (as defined in Section 409A) prior to the commencement of the distribution of the amounts credited to his Account, the balance of such Account shall be distributed to the Participant or his Beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum as soon as practicable after the Participants death or disability. If a Participant dies or becomes disabled after the commencement of such distributions, but prior to the complete distribution of his Account, the balance of the amounts credited to his Account shall be distributed to the Participant or his Beneficiary, as applicable, over the remaining period during which such amounts were otherwise distributable to the Participant under Section 5.1 hereof.
5.4 Unforeseeable Emergency. In the event of a Participants Unforeseeable Emergency, such Participant may request an emergency withdrawal from his or her Account. Any such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrator, which approval shall not be granted to the extent that such need may be relieved (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise; (ii) by liquidation of the Participants assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or (iii) by cessation of deferrals under this Plan. A Participant may withdraw all or a portion of his or her Account due to an Unforeseeable Emergency; provided, however, that the withdrawal shall not exceed the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the need created by the Unforeseeable Emergency (including any amounts necessary to pay and Federal, state or local income or employment taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to arise from the payment, as determined by the Administrator).
5.5 Designation of Beneficiary. For the purposes of Section 5.3 hereof, the Participants Beneficiary shall be the person or persons so designated by the Participant in a written instrument submitted to the Administrator. Subject to rules established by the Administrator, a Participant may designate multiple or contingent Beneficiaries, and may change his Beneficiary at any time without the consent of any prior Beneficiary; provided that no change of a Beneficiary shall be effective unless and until actually received, in proper form, by the Administrator during the Participants life. The Administrators determination of the person eligible to receive the Account of a deceased Participant, if made in good faith, shall be final and binding on all parties. If a Participant fails to properly designate a Beneficiary or if his Beneficiary predeceases him, his Beneficiary shall be his estate.
8
Internal Use Only (I)
5.6 Compliance With Conflicts of Interest Laws. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, payment of a Participants Account shall be accelerated to the extent (and only to the extent) reasonably necessary to avoid the violation of an applicable Federal, state, or local conflicts of interest law.
SECTION 6 AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION
6.1 Amendments. The Boards reserve the right to amend, in whole or in part, and in any manner, any or all of the provisions of this Plan by action of the Boards, except that no amendment shall reduce the balance in any Participants Account, or (unless necessary to comply with the 1940 Act or other applicable law) significantly delay the time at which such balance is payable without the consent of the Participant affected.
6.2 | Termination. |
(a) | In General. Each Board may terminate this Plan as applied to Participants who are members of such Board at any time by action of such Board. If one Board elects to terminate the Plan with respect to the Participants who are members of such Board, the Plan shall remain in effect with respect to Participants who are members of one or more other Boards. Upon termination, payment of each Participants then current Account value shall be made in such manner as the Administrator shall determine consistent with the requirements of Section 409A. |
(b) | Liquidating Fund Termination; Change in Control |
(i) | Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, in the event a Participating Fund liquidates in a corporate dissolution taxed under Section 331 of the Code, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 503(b)(1)(A) (a Liquidating Fund), the Board of such Participating Fund may terminate and liquidate this Plan (a Liquidating Fund Termination) pursuant to the corporate dissolution exception of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(A) with respect to Accounts attributable to the deferral of Compensation from such Participating Fund (Affected Accounts) by current or former members of the Board of such Participating Fund (Affected Participants). Similarly, in the event a Participating Fund undergoes a change of control as defined Code Section 409A and guidance thereunder, the Board of such Participating Fund shall terminate and liquidate this Plan (a CIC Fund Termination) with respect to Affected Accounts of Affected Participants |
(ii) | In the event of a Liquidating Fund Termination or a CIC Fund Termination, the value of the Affected Accounts of the Affected Participants shall be paid in a lump sum no later than the last day of the calendar year in which the Liquidating Fund Termination occurs or, if later, the last day of the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively feasible. |
9
Internal Use Only (I)
(iii) | Except as set forth above, a Liquidating Fund Termination or a CIC Fund Termination shall not otherwise affect the Plan, and in particular shall have no effect on any Accounts other than the Affected Accounts. |
SECTION 7 MISCELLANEOUS
7.1 Rights of Creditors.
(a) This Plan is unfunded. With respect to the payment of amounts credited to a Participants Account, the Participant and his Beneficiaries have the status of unsecured creditors of the Participating Fund to which such Account relates. The Plan shall not be construed as conferring on a Participant any right, title, interest, or claim in or to any specific asset, reserve, account, or property or any kind possessed by the Participating Funds. To the extent that a Participant or any other person acquires a right to receive payments from the Participating Funds, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor.
(b) This Plan is executed on behalf of each Participating Fund by an officer of that Participating Fund as such and not individually. Any obligation of a Participating Fund hereunder shall be an unsecured obligation of that Participating Fund and not of any other person.
7.2 Agents. Each Participating Fund may employ agents and provide for such clerical, legal, actuarial, accounting, advisory or other services as it deems necessary to perform its duties under this Plan. Each Participating Fund shall bear the cost of such services and all other expenses it incurs in connection with the administration of this Plan.
7.3 Incapacity. If the Administrator shall receive evidence satisfactory to it that a Participant or any Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefit under the Plan is, at the time when such benefit becomes payable, a minor, or is physically or mentally incompetent to receive such benefit and to give a valid release therefor, and that another person or an institution is then maintaining or has custody of the Participant or Beneficiary and that no guardian, committee or other representative of the estate of the Participant or Beneficiary shall have been duly appointed, a Participating Fund may make payment of such benefit otherwise payable to the Participant or Beneficiary to such other person or institution, including a custodian under a Uniform Transfers to Minors Act or corresponding legislation (who shall be an adult, a guardian of the minor or a trust company), and the release of such other person or institution shall be a valid and complete discharge for the payment of such benefit.
7.4 Statement of Account. The Administrator will furnish each Participant with a statement setting forth the value of such Participants Plan Year Accounts as of the end of each quarter and all credits to and payments from such Plan Year Accounts during such year. Such statements will be furnished generally no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter.
7.5 Governing Law. This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to any states conflicts of laws principles.
10
Internal Use Only (I)
7.6 Non-Guarantee of Status. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as a contract or guarantee of the right of a Participant to be, or remain as, a director or a trustee of a fund, or to receive any, or any particular rate of, Compensation.
7.7 Counsel. Each Board may consult with legal counsel with respect to the meaning or construction of this Plan, its obligations or duties hereunder or with respect to any action or proceeding or any question of law, and it shall be fully protected with respect to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith pursuant to the advice of legal counsel.
7.8 Interests Not Transferable. A Participants and Beneficiaries interests in the Account may not be anticipated, sold, encumbered, pledged, mortgaged, charged, transferred, alienated, assigned nor become subject to execution, garnishment or attachment and any attempt to do so by any person shall be deemed null and void; no Participating Fund shall recognize the rights of any party under this Plan except those of the Participant or his Beneficiary; provided that this Section 7.8 shall not preclude a Participating Fund from offsetting any amount payable to a Participant hereunder by any amount owed by such Participant to that Participating Fund or to Nuveen.
7.9 Entire Agreement. This Plan contains the entire understanding between each Participating Fund and the Participants with respect to the payment of non-qualified deferred compensation by a Participating Fund to the Participants.
7.10 Powers of Administrator. In addition to other powers specifically set forth herein, the Administrator shall have all discretionary power and authority necessary or convenient for the administration of this Plan, including without limitation the authority to:
(a) construe and interpret the Plan, and resolve any inconsistency or ambiguity with respect to any of its terms;
(b) decide all questions of eligibility and determine the amount, manner and time of payment of any benefits hereunder;
(c) prescribe rules and procedures to be followed by Participants or Beneficiaries in making any election or taking any action provided for herein, which rules and procedures may alter any provision of the Plan that is administrative or ministerial in nature without the necessity for an amendment;
(d) allocate Accounts among the Eligible Funds;
(e) maintain all the necessary records for the administration of the Plan;
(f) delegate any of it duties or powers under the Plan to any other person acting under its supervision; and
(g) do all other acts which the Administrator deems necessary or proper to accomplish and implement its responsibilities under the Plan.
11
Internal Use Only (I)
Any rule or procedure adopted by the Administrator, or any decision, ruling or determination made by the Administrator, in good faith shall be final, binding and conclusive on all Participating Funds, Participants, Beneficiaries and all persons claiming through them. The authority of the Administrator may be exercised by such person as the Chief Executive Officer of the Administrator may designate or, in the absence of a specific designation, by those officers and employees of the Administrator whose normal duties include payment of compensation to independent directors and trustees.
7.11 Participant Litigation. In any action or proceeding regarding the Participants or their Beneficiaries or any other persons having or claiming to have an interest in this Plan shall not be necessary parties and shall not be entitled to any notice or process. Any final judgment which is not appealed or appealable and may be entered in any such action or proceeding shall be binding and conclusive on the parties hereto and all persons having or claiming to have any interest in this Plan. To the extent permitted by law, if a legal action is begun against either Board, any Participating Fund, the Administrator, or any of their respective officers, directors, trustees, employees or agents (an indemnified party), by or on behalf of any person and such action results adversely to such person or if a legal action arises because of conflicting claims to a Participants or other persons benefits, the costs to the indemnified party of defending the action will be charged to the amounts, if any, which were involved in the action or were payable to the Participant or other person concerned. To the extent permitted by applicable law, acceptance of participation in this Plan shall constitute a release of each of the indemnified parties from any and all liability and obligation not involving willful misconduct or gross neglect.
7.12 Successors and Assigns. This Plan shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Participating Funds and their successors and assigns and to the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.
7.13 Severability. In the event any one or more provisions of this Plan are held to be invalid or unenforceable, such illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect unaffected by such invalidity or unenforceability.
7.14 Section 409A. Except with respect to Grandfathered Accounts, this Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A, and shall be administered and interpreted in accordance with such intent. If the Boards (or the Administrator, to the extent the Boards delegate such authority to the Administrator) determine that any provision of the Plan is or might be inconsistent with the requirements of Section 409A, they shall attempt in good faith to make such changes to the Plan as may be necessary or appropriate to avoiding a Participants becoming subject to adverse tax consequences under Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Boards nor the Administrator make any representation that the Plan complies with Section 409A and shall have no liability to any Participant for any failure to comply with Section 409A of the Code. This Plan shall constitute an account balance plan as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 31.3121(v)(2)-1(c)(1)(ii)(A). For purposes of Section 409A, all amounts deferred under this Plan shall be aggregated with amounts deferred under other account balance plans.
12
Internal Use Only (I)
EXHIBIT A
NUVEEN FUND BOARD VOLUNTARY
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR INDEPENDENT
DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES
Participating funds: All open-end funds, closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds and interval funds managed by Nuveen from which director compensation can be deferred as of July 1, 2023.
Nuveen Arizona Quality Municipal Income Fund | Nuveen Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF | |
Nuveen California AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund | Nuveen ESG High Yield Corporate Bond ETF | |
Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund | Nuveen ESG U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF | |
Nuveen California Quality Municipal Income Fund | Nuveen Global Net Zero Transition ETF | |
Nuveen California Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio | Nuveen Dividend Growth Fund | |
Nuveen New Jersey Quality Municipal Income Fund | Nuveen Global Dividend Growth Fund | |
Nuveen New York AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund | Nuveen International Dividend Growth Fund | |
Nuveen New York Municipal Value Fund | Nuveen International Small Cap Fund | |
Nuveen New York Quality Municipal Income Fund | Nuveen Winslow Large-Cap Growth ESG Fund | |
Nuveen New York Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio | Municipal Total Return Managed Accounts Portfolio | |
Nuveen Pennsylvania Quality Municipal Income Fund | Nuveen Core Impact Bond Managed Accounts Portfolio | |
Nuveen California High Yield Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Emerging Markets Debt Managed Accounts Portfolio | |
Nuveen California Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen High Yield Managed Accounts Portfolio | |
Nuveen Connecticut Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Managed Accounts Portfolio | |
Nuveen Massachusetts Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Securitized Credit Managed Accounts Portfolio | |
Nuveen New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Equity Long/Short Fund | |
Nuveen New York Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Credit Income Fund | |
Nuveen Taxable Municipal Income Fund | Nuveen Strategic Income Fund | |
Nuveen Select Maturities Municipal Fund (NIM) | Nuveen High Yield Income Fund | |
Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio | Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund | |
Nuveen Enhanced High Yield Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Flexible Income Fund | |
Nuveen All-American Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund | |
Nuveen High Yield Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Quality Municipal Income Fund | |
Nuveen Intermediate Duration Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund | |
Nuveen Limited Term Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Municipal Value Fund, Inc. | |
Nuveen Short Duration High Yield Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen AMT-Free Municipal Value Fund | |
Nuveen Strategic Municipal Opportunities Fund | Nuveen Municipal Income Fund, Inc. | |
Nuveen Short Term Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen AMT-Free Municipal Credit Income Fund | |
Nuveen Massachusetts Quality Municipal Income Fund | Nuveen Municipal Credit Income Fund | |
Nuveen Minnesota Quality Municipal Income Fund | Nuveen Municipal High Income Opportunity Fund | |
Nuveen Missouri Quality Municipal Income Fund | Nuveen Municipal Credit Opportunities Fund | |
Nuveen Virginia Quality Municipal Income Fund | Nuveen Dynamic Municipal Opportunities Fund | |
Nuveen Minnesota Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen ESG Dividend ETF | |
Nuveen Minnesota Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen ESG Emerging Markets Equity ETF | |
Nuveen Nebraska Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen ESG International Developed Markets Equity ETF |
Internal Use Only (I)
Nuveen Oregon Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen ESG Large-Cap ETF | |
Nuveen Arizona Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen ESG Large-Cap Growth ETF | |
Nuveen Colorado Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen ESG Large-Cap Value ETF | |
Nuveen Maryland Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen ESG Mid-Cap Growth ETF | |
Nuveen New Mexico Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen ESG Mid-Cap Value ETF | |
Nuveen Pennsylvania Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen ESG Small-Cap ETF | |
Nuveen Virginia Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Dividend Growth ETF | |
Nuveen Georgia Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Growth Opportunities ETF | |
Nuveen Louisiana Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Small Cap Select ETF | |
Nuveen North Carolina Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Winslow Large-Cap Growth ESG ETF | |
Nuveen Kansas Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Dividend Value Fund | |
Nuveen Kentucky Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Large Cap Select Fund | |
Nuveen Michigan Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Mid Cap Growth Opportunities Fund | |
Nuveen Missouri Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Mid Cap Value Fund | |
Nuveen Ohio Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Small Cap Growth Opportunities Fund | |
Nuveen Wisconsin Municipal Bond Fund | Nuveen Small Cap Select Fund | |
Nuveen Multi-Market Income Fund | Nuveen Small Cap Value Fund | |
Nuveen Global Equity Income Fund | Nuveen Corporate Income 2023 Target Term Fund | |
Nuveen International Value Fund | Nuveen Multi-Asset Income Fund | |
Nuveen Multi Cap Value Fund | Nuveen Real Estate Income Fund | |
Nuveen Large Cap Value Fund | Nuveen Real Asset Income and Growth Fund | |
Nuveen Small/Mid Cap Value Fund | Nuveen Short Term REIT ETF | |
Nuveen Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund | Nuveen S&P 500 Buy-Write Income Fund | |
Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund | Nuveen Dow 30sm Dynamic Overwrite Fund | |
Nuveen Preferred & Income Opportunities Fund | Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund | |
Nuveen Preferred and Income Term Fund | Nuveen Nasdaq 100 Dynamic Overwrite Fund | |
Nuveen Preferred and Income Fund | Nuveen Core Equity Alpha Fund | |
Nuveen Preferred & Income Securities Fund | Nuveen Global High Income Fund | |
Nuveen Credit Strategies Income Fund | Nuveen Core Plus Impact Fund | |
Nuveen Floating Rate Income Opportunity Fund | Nuveen Mortgage and Income Fund | |
Nuveen Short Duration Credit Opportunities Fund | Nuveen Global Infrastructure Fund | |
Nuveen Senior Income Fund | Nuveen Global Real Estate Securities Fund | |
Nuveen Variable Rate Preferred & Income Fund | Nuveen Real Asset Income Fund | |
Nuveen ESG 1-5 Year U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF | Nuveen Real Estate Securities Fund |
Internal Use Only (I)
EXHIBIT B
NUVEEN FUND BOARD VOLUNTARY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES
ELIGIBLE FUNDS
Eligible funds 1: funds in which deferred compensation can be deemed NOTIONALLY invested 2: selected from equity and taxable income open-end funds 3: deferred compensation is not actually invested in these funds; investments track the performance of these funds
Current List of Eligible Funds (As of July 1, 2023)
Eligible Nuveen Open-End Funds | ||
Core | Nuveen Large Cap Select | |
Nuveen Dividend Growth | ||
Nuveen Small Cap Select | ||
Global & International | Nuveen Global Equity Income | |
Nuveen International Value | ||
Nuveen Global Dividend | ||
Nuveen International Small Cap | ||
Growth | Nuveen Mid Cap Growth Opportunities | |
Nuveen Small Cap Growth Opportunities | ||
Nuveen Winslow Large Cap Growth ESG | ||
Long/Short | Nuveen Equity Long/Short | |
Real Assets | Nuveen Global Infrastructure | |
Nuveen Global Real Estate Securities | ||
Nuveen Real Asset Income | ||
Nuveen Real Estate Securities | ||
Taxable Fixed Income | Nuveen Credit Income | |
Nuveen Floating Rate Income | ||
Nuveen High Yield Income | ||
Nuveen Flexible Income | ||
Nuveen Preferred Securities & Income | ||
Nuveen Strategic Income | ||
Value | Nuveen Dividend Value | |
Nuveen Mid Cap Value | ||
Nuveen Large Cap Value | ||
Nuveen Multi Cap Value | ||
Nuveen Small Cap Value Opportunities | ||
Nuveen Small/Mid Cap Value | ||
Nuveen Small Cap Value |
Internal Use Only (I)
Execution Version
AMENDMENT TO THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN
EACH MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANY IDENTIFIED ON APPENDIX A OF THE AGREEMENT
AND
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
This AMENDMENT (the Amendment) is entered into as of the 8th of September, 2022 and effective as of the 8th of September, 2022 (the Effective Date), amending the Amended and Restated Master Custodian Agreement (as amended, supplemented, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, the Agreement) made as of July 15, 2015 by and between State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company (the Custodian) and each management investment company identified on Appendix A of the Agreement and each management investment company which becomes a party to the Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof (in each case, a Fund or Funds), including, if applicable, each series of the Fund identified on Appendix A and each series which becomes a party to the Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof.
WHEREAS, the Agreement provides that it may be amended by agreement between the parties at any time or from time to time in writing; and
WHEREAS, Custodian and the Funds wish to amend the Agreement to reflect the addition of a Fund.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
1. | Amendment and Restatement Appendix A. Appendix A to the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Appendix A attached to this Amendment, effective as of the Effective Date, which Appendix A may be supplemented or modified by the parties from time to time in writing, which upon execution and delivery shall form a part of the Agreement. |
2. | Defined Terms. Terms used in this Amendment but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement. |
3. | One Agreement. Except as amended herein, no other terms or provisions of the Agreement are amended or modified by this Amendment. Upon the execution of this Amendment, this Amendment and the Agreement shall form one agreement. |
4. | Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Amendment. Counterparts may be executed in either original or electronically transmitted form (e.g., faxes or emailed portable document format (PDF) form), and the parties hereby adopt as original any signatures received via electronically transmitted form. |
5. | Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the choice of law set forth in the Agreement (excluding the law thereof which requires the application of or reference to the law of any other jurisdiction). |
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
Information Classification: Limited Access
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed for and on behalf of the undersigned as of the day and year first written above
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY | EACH OF THE MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES AND SERIES SET FORTH ON APPENDIX A HERETO | |||||||
Signed on its behalf: | Signed on its behalf: | |||||||
By: | /s/ Stefanie B. Mansfield |
By: | /s/ E. Scott Wickerham | |||||
(Authorized Signatory) | (Authorized Signatory) | |||||||
Name: | Stefanie B. Mansfield | Name: | E. Scott Wickerham | |||||
Title: | Managing Director, Global Relationship Management | Title: | SMD, Head of Fund Admin |
Information Classification: Limited Access
APPENDIX A
TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
July 15, 2015
(Updated as of September 8, 2022)
NUVEEN CLOSED-END MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES
Nuveen All Cap Energy MLP Opportunities Fund
Nuveen AMT-Free Municipal Credit Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Enhanced AMT-Free Municipal Credit Opportunities Fund*
Nuveen AMT-Free Municipal Value Fund*
Nuveen AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen AMT-Free Municipal Income Fund*
Nuveen Arizona Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Arizona Premium Income Municipal Fund*
Nuveen California AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen California AMT- Free Municipal Income Fund*
Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund f/k/a Nuveen California Municipal Value, Inc.*
Nuveen California Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen California Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund*
Nuveen California Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio*
Nuveen Core Equity Alpha Fund
Nuveen Core Plus Impact Fund (effective March 15, 2021)
Nuveen Credit Opportunities 2022 Target Term Fund
Nuveen Credit Strategies Income Fund
Nuveen Diversified Dividend and Income Fund
Nuveen Dow 30SM Dynamic Overwrite Fund
Nuveen Dynamic Municipal Opportunities Fund*
Nuveen Emerging Markets Debt 2022 Target Term Fund
Nuveen Energy MLP Total Return Fund
Nuveen Enhanced High Yield Municipal Bond Fund f/k/a Nuveen Strategic Municipal Credit Fund *
Nuveen Enhanced Municipal Value Fund*
Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund
Nuveen Floating Rate Income Opportunity Fund
Nuveen Georgia Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Georgia Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund 2*
Nuveen Global High Income Fund
Nuveen High Income 2020 Target Term Fund
Nuveen Corporate Income 2023 Target Term Fund f/k/a Nuveen High Income 2023 Target Term Fund
Nuveen High Income December 2019 Target Term Fund
Nuveen Corporate Income November 2021 Target Term Fund f/k/a Nuveen High Income November 2021 Target Term Fund
Nuveen Intermediate Duration Municipal Term Fund*
Nuveen Intermediate Duration Quality Municipal Term Fund*
Nuveen Loan Opportunities Fund
Nuveen Massachusetts Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Massachusetts Premium Income Municipal Fund*
Nuveen Minnesota Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Minnesota Municipal Income Fund*
Nuveen Missouri Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Missouri Premium Income Municipal Fund*
Information Classification: Limited Access
Nuveen Mortgage and Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Mortgage Opportunity Term Fund
Nuveen Mortgage Opportunity Term Fund 2
Nuveen Multi-Asset Income Fund
Nuveen Multi-Market Income Fund
Nuveen Municipal 2021 Target Term Fund*
Nuveen Municipal Credit Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Enhanced Municipal Credit Opportunities Fund*
Nuveen Municipal Credit Opportunities Fund*
Nuveen Municipal High Income Opportunity Fund*
Nuveen Municipal Income Fund, Inc.*
Nuveen Municipal Value Fund, Inc.*
Nuveen NASDAQ 100 Dynamic Overwrite Fund
Nuveen New Jersey Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen New Jersey Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund*
Nuveen New York AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen New York AMT-Free Municipal Income Fund*
Nuveen New York Municipal Value Fund f/k/a Nuveen New York Municipal Value Fund, Inc.*
Nuveen New York Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen New York Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund*
Nuveen New York Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio*
Nuveen Ohio Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Ohio Quality Income Municipal Fund*
Nuveen Pennsylvania Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Pennsylvania Investment Quality Municipal Fund*
Nuveen Preferred and Income 2022 Term Fund
Nuveen Preferred and Income Term Fund
Nuveen Preferred & Income Opportunities Fund f/k/a Nuveen Preferred Income Opportunities Fund
Nuveen Preferred & Income Securities Fund f/k/a Nuveen Preferred Securities Income Fund
Nuveen Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund*
Nuveen Real Asset Income and Growth Fund
Nuveen Real Estate Income Fund
Nuveen S&P 500 Buy-Write Income Fund
Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund
Nuveen Select Maturities Municipal Fund*
Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio*
Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio 2*
Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio 3*
Nuveen Senior Income Fund
Nuveen Short Duration Credit Opportunities Fund
Nuveen Tax-Advantaged Dividend Growth Fund
Nuveen Tax-Advantaged Total Return Strategy Fund
Nuveen Taxable Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Build America Bond Fund
Nuveen Variable Rate Preferred & Income Fund
Nuveen Virginia Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Virginia Premium Income Municipal Fund*
Information Classification: Limited Access
NUVEEN OPEN-END MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES
NUVEEN MUNICIPAL TRUST, on behalf of:
Nuveen All-American Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen High Yield Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Intermediate Duration Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Limited Term Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Short Duration High Yield Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Strategic Municipal Opportunities Fund*
NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST I, on behalf of:
Nuveen Arizona Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Colorado Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Maryland Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen New Mexico Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Pennsylvania Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Virginia Municipal Bond Fund*
NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST II, on behalf of:
Nuveen California High Yield Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen California Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen California Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Connecticut Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Massachusetts Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen New York Municipal Bond Fund*
NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST III, on behalf of:
Nuveen Georgia Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Louisiana Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen North Carolina Municipal Bond Fund*
NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST IV, on behalf of:
Nuveen Kansas Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Kentucky Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Michigan Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Missouri Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Ohio Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Wisconsin Municipal Bond Fund*
NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST, on behalf of:
Nuveen Equity Market Neutral Fund
Nuveen Large Cap Core Fund
Nuveen Global Equity Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen NWQ Global Equity Income Fund
Nuveen Multi-Cap Value Fund f/k/a Nuveen NWQ Multi-Cap Value Fund
Nuveen Large-Cap Value Fund f/k/a Nuveen NWQ Large-Cap Value Fund
Nuveen Small-Cap Value Opportunities Fund f/k/a Nuveen NWQ Small-Cap Value Fund
Nuveen Small/Mid-Cap Value Fund f/k/a Nuveen NWQ Small/Mid-Cap Value Fund
NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST II, on behalf of:
Nuveen Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Nuveen Equity Long/Short Fund
Nuveen International Growth Fund
Nuveen International Value Fund f/k/a Nuveen NWQ International Value Fund
Nuveen Dividend Growth Fund f/k/a Nuveen Santa Barbara Dividend Growth Fund
Nuveen Global Dividend Growth Fund f/k/a Nuveen Santa Barbara Global Dividend Growth Fund
Nuveen International Dividend Growth Fund f/k/a Nuveen Santa Barbara International Dividend Growth Fund
Information Classification: Limited Access
Nuveen Symphony International Equity Fund
Nuveen Winslow International Large Cap Fund
Nuveen Winslow International Small Cap Fund
Nuveen Winslow Large-Cap Growth ESG Fund f/k/a Nuveen Winslow Large-Cap Growth Fund
NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST III, on behalf of:
Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Symphony Floating Rate Income Fund
Nuveen High Yield Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Symphony High Yield Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Symphony Credit Opportunities Fund
NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST V, on behalf of:
Nuveen Global Real Estate Securities Fund
Nuveen Gresham Diversified Commodity Strategy Fund
Nuveen Gresham Managed Futures Strategy Fund
Nuveen Multi-Asset Income Fund
Nuveen Flexible Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund
Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Preferred Securities Fund
NUVEEN MANAGED ACCOUNTS PORTFOLIOS TRUST, on behalf of:
Nuveen Core Impact Bond Managed Accounts Portfolio
Municipal Total Return Managed Accounts Portfolio*
Nuveen Emerging Markets Debt Managed Accounts Portfolio
Nuveen High Yield Managed Accounts Portfolio
Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Managed Accounts Portfolio
Nuveen Securitized Credit Managed Accounts Portfolio
NUVEEN INVESTMENT FUNDS, INC., on behalf of:
Nuveen Dividend Value Fund
Nuveen Global Infrastructure Fund
Nuveen Credit Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen High Income Bond Fund
Nuveen Large Cap Select Fund
Nuveen Mid Cap Growth Opportunities Fund
Nuveen Mid Cap Growth Value Fund
Nuveen Minnesota Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Minnesota Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Nebraska Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Oregon Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Real Asset Income Fund
Nuveen Real Estate Securities Fund
Nuveen Short Term Municipal Bond Fund*
Nuveen Small Cap Growth Opportunities Fund
Nuveen Small Cap Select Fund
Nuveen Small Cap Value Fund
Nuveen Strategic Income Fund
* | Tax-Exempt funds eligible for an earnings credit on U.S. cash balances as of April 1, 2020 |
Information Classification: Limited Access
DocuSign Envelope ID: 245394D8-DD87-499A-9982-D17F6C8D7E2E
AMENDMENT
To
Amended and Restated Agency Agreement
Between
Each of the Nuveen Investment Products Listed on Attachment II to the Agreement
And
DST Systems, Inc.
This Amendment is made as of this 1st day of June, 2021, to the Amended and Restated Agency Agreement dated November 30, 2017, as amended (the Agreement) between each of the Nuveen Investment Products Listed on Attachment II to the Agreement (collectively, the Funds) and DST Systems, Inc. ( DST). The parties desire to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.
NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:
1. | Attachment II. The current Attachment II to the Agreement is hereby replaced and superseded with the Attachment II attached hereto, effective as of June 1, 2021; and |
2. | All defined terms and definitions in the Agreement shall be the same in this Amendment except as specifically revised by this Amendment; and |
3. | Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by a duly authorized officer on one or more counterparts as of the date and year first above written.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 245394D8-DD87-499A-9982-D17F6C8D7E2E
ATTACHMENT II
List of Funds
Effective Date: June 1, 2021
NUVEEN GLOBAL CITIES REIT, INC.
NUVEEN ENHANCED HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of Nuveen Enhanced High Yield Municipal Bond Fund of our report dated May 26, 2023, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights, which appears in Nuveen Enhanced High Yield Municipal Bond Funds Annual Report on Form N-CSR for the year ended March 31, 2023. We also consent to the references to us on the cover page of the Statement of Additional Information and under the headings Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Financial Statements, Legal Opinions and Experts and Financial Highlights in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, Illinois
July 27, 2023
![]() |
Nuveen Compliance | 15 February 2023 |
Code of Ethics
SUMMARY AND SCOPE
What the Code is about
Helping to ensure that Nuveen personnel place the interests of Nuveen clients ahead of their own personal interests.
Who the Code applies to and what the implications are
This Code applies to individuals in the following categories:
| Nuveen Employees based in the US or Canada (except employees of Nuveen Natural Capital, unless the local/ designated Chief Compliance Officer and Nuveen Ethics Office determine otherwise). |
| Employees of any US-registered investment adviser who are based outside the US. |
| Consultants, interns, and temporary workers based in the US or Canada whose contract length is 90 days or more, unless the Nuveen Ethics Office determines otherwise. |
TIAA employees designated as Access Persons by the TIAA-CREF Funds Chief Compliance Officer or the Nuveen Ethics Office are subject to the TIAA Corporate Code of Ethics with the same restrictions and requirements as this Code.
Independent directors and trustees of the TIAA-CREF Funds Complex and Nuveen-sponsored or -branded funds have their own Code of Ethics and are not subject to this one.
For individuals who are subject to the Code, there are two designations with different implications: Access Person and Investment Person.
ACCESS PERSON
All Nuveen Employees who are subject to the Code are considered Access Persons, since they have, or could have, access to non-public information about securities transactions and other investments, holdings, or recommendations for Affiliate-Advised Accounts or Portfolios.
Key characteristics of this designation. An individual may be considered an Access Person of multiple advisers affiliated with Nuveen, or of only one. If your regular duties give you access to non-public information, or you are an officer of a Nuveen or TIAA-CREF sponsored or branded fund, your personal trading is generally monitored only against the trading activity of the specific adviser(s) or Affiliated Funds
with which you are involved. For other employees, personal trading is typically monitored against the trading activities of all advisers affiliated with Nuveen. You will generally not be permitted to execute transactions in a security on any day when an Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio managed by the adviser(s) that you are monitored against has a pending buy or sell order for that security.
INVESTMENT PERSON
An Access Person who meets any of the following criteria will in addition be considered an Investment Person:
| The Access Person is a Portfolio Manager, Research Analyst or Research Assistant, or they otherwise participate in making recommendations or decisions concerning the purchase or sale of securities in any Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio. |
| The Access Person has been designated an Investment Person by the affiliate Chief Compliance Officer or the Nuveen Ethics Office. |
Key characteristics of this designation. The vast majority of Investment Persons are employees of Nuveens affiliated investment advisers.
An Investment Person is prohibited from transacting in securities during the period starting 7 calendar days before, and ending 7 calendar days after, any trade in an Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio for which he/she has responsibility. In addition, an Investment Persons personal transactions will be reviewed for conflicts in the period starting 7 calendar days before, and ending 7 calendar days after, all trades by their associated investment adviser(s). In some cases, the Investment Person may be required to reverse a trade and/or forfeit an appropriate portion of any profit as determined by the Nuveen Ethics Office. These consequences can apply whether or not the trade was pre-cleared.
The personal trading of Investment Persons is generally only monitored against the trading activity of the specific adviser(s) for which they have been designated an Investment Person.
WHO TO CONTACT
Nuveen Ethics Office (Americas)
Hotline: 1 800 842 2733 extension 22-5599
nuveenethicsoffice@nuveen.com
INTERNAL USE ONLY
Code of Ethics
|
|
Page 2 of 8
|
|
Important to understand
Some of our affiliated investment advisers may have supplemental policies of their own that impose additional rules on the same topics covered in this Code. Check with your manager or local/designated Chief Compliance Officer if you have questions.
Personal trading is a privilege, not a right. Nuveen Employees are expected to follow the law and adhere to the highest standards of behaviorincluding with respect to personal trading. Any violation of the Code could have severe adverse effects on you, your co-workers, and Nuveen. You may be held personally liable for your conduct and be subject to fines, regulatory sanctions, and even criminal penalties.
Because Nuveen can restrict your trading or take actions such as forcing you to hold a position or to disgorge profits, personal trading carries risks beyond normal market risks.
Some requirements in this Code apply to Household Members. Each Household Member (see Terms with Special Meanings at right) is subject to the same personal trading restrictions and requirements that apply to his/her related Nuveen Employee.
The Code does not address every ethical issue that might arise. If you have any doubt at all after consulting the Code, contact the Nuveen Ethics Office for direction.
The Code applies to appearance as well as substance. Always consider how any action might appear to an outside observer (such as a client or regulator).
You are expected to follow the Code both in letter and in spirit. Literal compliance, such as pre-clearing a transaction, does not necessarily protect you from liability for conduct that violates the spirit of the Code. If you have questions about how to comply with this Code, consult the Nuveen Ethics Office.
TERMS WITH SPECIAL MEANINGS |
Within this policy, these terms are defined as follows:
Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio Any Affiliated Fund, or any portfolio or client account advised or sub-advised by Nuveen.
Affiliated Fund Any TIAA-CREF or Nuveen branded or sponsored open-end fund, closed-end fund, or Exchange Traded Fund (ETF), and any third-party fund advised or sub-advised by Nuveen.
Automatic Investment Plan Any program, such as a dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP), under which investment account purchases or withdrawals occur according to a predetermined schedule and allocation.
Beneficial Ownership Any interest by which you or any Household Memberdirectly or indirectlyderives a monetary benefit from purchasing, selling, or owning a security or account, or exercises investment discretion.
You have Beneficial Ownership of securities held in accounts in your own name, or any Household Members name, and in all other accounts over which you or any Household Member exercises or may exercise investment decision-making powers, or other influence or control, including trust, partnership, estate, and corporate accounts or other joint ownership or pooling arrangements.
Code This Code of Ethics.
Domestic Partner An individual who is neither a relative of or legally married to a Nuveen Employee, but shares a residence and is in a mutual commitment similar to marriage with such Nuveen Employee.
Federal Securities Laws The applicable portions of any of the following laws, as amended, and of any rules adopted under them by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Department of the Treasury:
Securities Act of 1933.
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Investment Company Act of 1940.
Investment Advisers Act of 1940. |
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.
The Bank Secrecy Act.
Household Member Any of the following who reside, or are expected to reside for at least 90 days a year, in the same household as a Nuveen Employee:
Spouse or Domestic Partner.
Sibling.
Child, stepchild, grandchild.
Parent, stepparent, grandparent.
In-laws (mother, father, son, daughter, brother, sister).
Independent Director Any director or trustee of an Affiliated Fund who is not an interested person within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Managed Account Any account, including robo-advised accounts, in which you or a Household Member has Beneficial Ownership and for which you have delegated full investment discretion in writing to a third- party broker or investment manager.
Nuveen Nuveen, LLC and all of its direct or indirect subsidiaries worldwide.
Nuveen Employee Any full- or part-time employee of Nuveen, and any consultants, interns or temporary workers designated by the Nuveen Ethics Office.
Private Placement Any offering exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, such as a private equity investment, hedge fund, or limited partnership. A private investment in public equity (PIPE) is also considered a Private Placement.
Reportable Account Any account for which you or a Household Member has Beneficial Ownership AND in which securities can be bought, sold or held. This includes, among others:
All brokerage, IRA, custodial and trust accounts.
All Managed Accounts. |
Code of Ethics
|
|
Page 3 of 8
|
|
TERMS WITH SPECIAL MEANINGS (continued) | ||
All 529 College Savings Plan accounts.
Any TIAA 401(k) plan account.
Any 401(k) plan account from a previous employer that permits transactions in any Reportable Security.
Any direct holding in an Affiliated Fund.
Any health savings account (HSA) that permits the purchase of any security.
Any employee stock purchase plan (ESPP) or employee stock ownership plan (ESOP).
The following are NOT considered Reportable Accounts:
Charitable giving accounts.
Any 401(k), 403(b), plan account, or any other account held directly with a mutual fund complex or mutual fund-only platform, and not held at a bank or broker-dealer, in which open-end, non-Affiliated Funds are the only possible investment.
Any cash management account with a broker in which a security cannot be purchased or sold.
Any accounts that can invest only in cryptocurrency such as Bitcoin or Ethereum.
Reportable Security Any security EXCEPT:
Direct obligations of the US government (indirect obligations, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities, are reportable).
Certificates of deposit, bankers acceptances, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt (including repurchase agreements).
Money market funds. |
Open-end funds that are not Affiliated Funds.
Note that closed-end funds are Reportable Securities.
Note that direct investments in cryptocurrency, such as Bitcoin, are not considered to be a security and are therefore not reportable.
Reportable Transaction Any transaction involving a Reportable Security EXCEPT:
Transactions in Managed Accounts. Section 16 Persons: Transactions involving Nuveen closed-end funds in any of your Managed Accounts are reportable.
Transactions under an Automatic Investment Plan; note that transactions that override the pre-set schedule or allocation are reportable.
Dividends.
Interest Accrued.
Section 16 Person Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder impose certain obligations on persons specified in section 30(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as well as insiders of any public company that trades on a national stock exchange (such as a Nuveen closed-end fund). For purposes of Section 16, an insider is:
A director of a public company.
A designated officer of a public company.
A person who beneficially owns 10% or more of any class of equity security that is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
A portfolio manager of a Nuveen closed-end fund.
Persons subject to Section 16 include, but are not limited to, portfolio managers of the Nuveen closed-end funds.
|
GENERAL RESTRICTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
BASIC PRINCIPLES
1. | Never abuse a clients trust, rights, or interests. |
This means you must never do any of the following:
| Engage in any plan or action, or use any device, that would defraud or deceive a client. |
| Make any material statements of fact that are incorrect or misleading, either as to what they include or omit. |
| Engage in any manipulative practice. |
| Use your position (including any knowledge or access to opportunities you have gained by virtue of your position) to personal advantage or to a clients disadvantage. This would include, for example, front-running or tailgating (trading directly before or after the execution of a large client trade order), or any attempt to influence a clients trading to enhance the value of your personal holdings. |
| Conduct personal trading in any way that could be inconsistent with your fiduciary duties to a client (even if it does not technically violate the Code). |
2. | Handle conflicts of interest appropriately. This applies not only to actual conflicts of interest, but also to any situation that might appear to an outside observer to be improper or a breach of fiduciary duty. |
3. | Keep confidential information confidential. Always properly safeguard any confidential information you obtain in the course of your work. This includes confidential information related to any of the following: |
| Any Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio and any other financial product offered or serviced by Nuveen. |
| New products, product changes, or business initiatives. |
| Past, current, and prospective clients, including their identities, investments, and account activity. |
Keeping information confidential means using discretion in disclosing information as well as guarding against unlawful or inappropriate access by others.
This includes:
| Making sure no confidential information is visible on your computer screen and desk when you are not there. |
Code of Ethics
|
|
Page 4 of 8
|
|
| Not sharing passwords with others. |
| Using caution when discussing business in any location where your conversation could be overheard. Confidential information may be released only as required by law or as permitted under the applicable privacy policy(ies). Consult the Nuveen Ethics Office or your local/designated CCO before releasing any confidential information. |
4. | Handle Material Non-Public Information properly. Follow all of the terms described in Material Non-Public Information below. Be aware that any failure to handle such information properly is a serious offense and may lead to disciplinary action from Nuveen as well as serious civil or criminal liability. |
5. | Comply with Federal Securities Laws. Any violation of these laws is punishable as a violation of the Code. |
6. | Never do anything indirectly that, if done directly, would violate the Code. Such actions will be considered the equivalent of direct Code violations. |
7. | Promptly alert the Nuveen Ethics Office or your local/designated CCO of any actual or suspected wrongdoing. Examples of wrongdoing include violations of the Federal Securities Laws, misuse of corporate assets, misuse of confidential information, or other violations of the Code. If you prefer to report confidentially, call the TIAA Confidential Helpline at 1-877-774-6492. Note that failure to report suspected wrongdoing in a timely fashion is itself a violation of the Code. |
PRE-CLEARANCE AND
HOLDING REQUIREMENTS
8. | Pre-clear any trade in Reportable Securities, including certain Affiliated Funds (see box on next page for additional information). |
If your trade requires pre-clearance, request approval through the Star Compliance system before you or any Household Member places an order to buy or sell any Reportable Security. Any approval you receive expires at the end of the day it was granted; however, you may place after-hours trades in international markets until 11:59 PM local time on that day. When requesting pre-clearance, follow this process:
| Request pre-clearance on the same day you want to trade, during standard US trading hours (9:30 AM to 4:00 PM ET). Be sure your pre-clearance request is accurate as to security and direction of trade. |
| Wait for approval to be displayed before trading. If you receive approval, you may only trade that same day, and only within the scope of approval. If you do not receive approval, do not trade. |
| Place day orders only. Do not place good-till-canceled orders or limit orders that expire beyond the day of pre-clearance approval. You may place orders for an after-hours trading session or in foreign markets using that days pre-clearance approval, but you must not place any order that could remain open into the next days trading session. |
9. | Hold positions in securities that are subject to pre-clearance for 60 calendar days, or be prepared to forfeit any gains. Several things to note: |
| You may be required to surrender any gains realized (net of commissions) through a violation of this rule. |
| The 60-day holding requirement is tested on a last- in-first-out basis, across all of your holdings (not just within individual accounts). |
| The 60-day holding requirement extends to any options or other transactions that may have the same effect as a purchase or sale, and to all Reportable Securities except Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs), Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs), Unit Investment Trusts (UITs), and open-end Affiliated Funds. |
| Closed-end funds, including Nuveen branded or sponsored closed-end funds, are subject to the 60-day holding requirement. |
| You may sell the security on the 60th day after purchase, provided you obtain pre-clearance or an approved exemption applies. |
| You may re-purchase a security immediately after executing a sale of that same security subject to pre-clearance approval, which will trigger a new 60 calendar day holding period. |
| You may close a position at a loss at any time provided pre-clearance approval has been obtained, or an approved exemption applies. If your pre-clearance has been denied, it is advisable that you contact the Nuveen Ethics Office if you are seeking to sell at a loss within 60 days of your purchase. |
10. | Comply with trading restrictions described in the prospectuses for all Affiliated Funds. This includes restrictions on frequent trading in shares of any open-end Affiliated Fund. |
11. | Pre-clear any transaction in a Managed Account that involves your influence. You must also immediately consult with the Nuveen Ethics Office to discuss whether the account in question can properly remain classified as a Managed Account. |
12. | Obtain the required approvals before any transaction in a Private Placement, including PIPEs. Participation and approval for all transactions in Private Placements advised or sub-advised by Nuveen, is facilitated by the Nuveen Employee Investment Program (NuveenEIP@nuveen.com). |
Code of Ethics
|
|
Page 5 of 8
|
|
For all other Private Placements, you must obtain approval for initial and subsequent commitments to invest but not sales/redemptions. Be aware that sales/redemptions are |
Reportable Transactions. Approval is required even if the investment is made in a Managed Account. |
WHAT NEEDS TO BE PRE-CLEARED | ||
Pre-clearance required
All actively initiated trades in Reportable Securities, except those listed here under No pre-clearance required.
The sale of restricted stock or employee stock options accrued during prior employment or a Household Members employment require pre-clearance. If pre-clearance is denied, you may contact the Nuveen Ethics Office to request reconsideration.
You may liquidate a position recently acquired through inheritance or a spin-off, subject to pre-clearance approval. If your pre-clearance has been denied, you may contact the Nuveen Ethics Office to seek an exemption.
Be aware that pre-clearance can be withdrawn even after it has been granted, and even after you have traded, if Nuveen later becomes aware of Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio trades whose existence would have resulted in denial of pre-clearance. In these cases you may be required to reverse a trade and/or forfeit an appropriate portion of any profit, as determined by the Nuveen Ethics Office. Be aware that trades initiated by a broker to address the financial standing of an account can result in violations and will generally not be protected by the Codes actively initiated trade language for trades requiring pre-clearances. Examples include, but are not limited to, brokers initiating trades in margin accounts, brokers initiating trades to cover account fees, and brokers initiating trades to remediate a minimum or negative cash balance in an account. |
Pre-clearance not required
Shares of any open-end mutual fund (including Affiliated Funds). Note that closed-end funds, including Nuveen branded or sponsored closed-end funds, require pre-clearance.
ETFs, ETNs, UITs (including options on ETFs and ETNs).
CDs and commercial paper.
Securities acquired or disposed of through actions outside your control or issued pro rata to all holders of the same class of investment, such as automatic dividend reinvestments, stock splits, mergers, spin-offs, or rights subscriptions.
The automatic exercise or liquidation by an exchange of a derivative instrument upon expiration or the delivery of securities pursuant to a written option that is exercised against you, and the assignment of options.
Sales pursuant to a bona fide tender offer.
Trades made through an Automatic Investment Plan that have been disclosed to the Nuveen Ethics Office in advance.
Trades in a Managed Account (except that you must pre-clear any trades that involve your influence, any initial purchases of Private Placements, purchases in any equity IPO, and any sales or redemptions of Private Placements that are branded, sponsored, advised or sub-advised by Nuveen).
Foreign currencies, including futures.
Commodity instruments.
Index options and index futures.
Direct investments in cryptocurrencies.
Crypto instruments that are comprised of and invest solely in cryptocurrencies. |
OTHER RESTRICTIONS
13. | Never knowingly trade any security being traded or considered for trade by any Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio. This applies to employee transactions in securities that are exempt from pre-clearance, and includes equivalent or related securities. |
For example, if a companys common stock is being traded, you may face restrictions on trading any of the companys debt, preferred, or foreign equivalent securities, and from trading or exercising any options based on the companys securities.
14. | Always prioritize client trades over personal trades. Your fiduciary duties to the client are far more important than your personal trading, which is a privilege and not a right. Never delay or in any way alter the timing or terms of a client trade for your personal benefit. |
15. | Do not engage in trading that involves single stock futures. |
16. | Do not engage in uncovered short sales of individual securities. |
17. | You may trade options on individual securities, subject to the 60-day holding period. Options traded must have an expiration of at least 60 days from the date that you enter into the contract. You are not permitted to close an option at a profit within 60 days of having entered into the contract. The option contract can be closed in less than 60 days at a loss, provided pre-clearance approval has been obtained. |
18. | Never participate in an investment club or similar entity. |
19. | Do not engage in excessive or inappropriate trading activity. Never let personal trading interfere with your professional duties. The |
Code of Ethics
|
|
Page 6 of 8
|
|
Nuveen Ethics Office will monitor for potentially excessive or inappropriate trading, and notify you, your manager, and your local/designated CCO for assessment. |
20. | Pre-clear the sale of securities in a margin account. Margin accounts are permitted, however you must obtain pre-clearance when selling to meet a margin call, even if the transaction is initiated by a broker. |
21. | Never purchase an IPO without advance approval. This includes Managed Accounts. Equity IPO participation is generally prohibited but approval may be granted in special circumstances, such as when: |
| You already have equity in the company and are offered shares. |
| You are a policy holder or depositor in a company that is demutualizing. |
| A Household Member has been offered shares as an employee. |
Purchases of initial offerings of SPACs, fixed income securities, convertible securities, preferred securities, open- and closed-end funds, commodity pools, and secondary equity offerings are generally permitted subject to prior approval from the Nuveen Ethics Office.
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
UPON BECOMING A NUVEEN EMPLOYEE
22. | Within 10 calendar days of starting at Nuveen, acknowledge receipt of the Code. This includes certifying that you have read the Code, understand it, recognize that you are subject to it, have complied with all of its applicable requirements, and have submitted all Code-required reports. |
23. | Within 10 calendar days of starting at Nuveen, use Star Compliance to report all of your Reportable Accounts and holdings in Reportable Securities. |
Report all Reportable Accounts using Star Compliance within 10 calendar days of starting at Nuveen. You must also report all holdings in Reportable Securities within 10 calendar days by uploading the most recent statement, making sure that it includes information about the broker, dealer, or bank through which the account is held and the type of account. For each Reportable Security, provide the security name and type, a ticker symbol or CUSIP, the number of shares or units held, and the principal amount (dollar value).
Code of Ethics
|
|
Page 7 of 8
|
|
This information must be no older than 45 calendar days before your first day of employment.
Note that there are separate procedures for Managed Accounts, as described below in item 27.
24. | Within 10 calendar days of starting at Nuveen, report all current investments in Private Placements (limited offerings). Limited offerings are Reportable Securities. |
25. | Within 30 calendar days of starting at Nuveen, move or close any Reportable Account that is not at an approved firm. This does not include Reportable Accounts that are 401(k), HSA, ESPP/ESOP, or 529 plans, or Reportable Accounts that cannot trade or hold Reportable Securities. Accounts held directly with a mutual fund complex or mutual fund only platform that are not held with a bank or broker-dealer, and in which open-end non-Affiliated Funds are the only possible investment are not reportable. Contact the Nuveen Ethics Office if you are unsure whether your account must be held with an approved firm. The list of approved firms is maintained by the Nuveen Ethics Office and may be accessed on PTA. |
Under very limited circumstances, it may be possible to obtain a waiver to keep a Reportable Account at a non-approved firm. Examples include:
| An account owned by a Household Member who works at another financial firm with comparable restrictions. |
| An account that holds securities that cannot be transferred. |
| An account that cannot be moved because of a trust agreement. |
To apply for an exception, contact the Nuveen Ethics Office. For any account granted an exception, you are required to upload statements for the account in Star Compliance based on the frequency with which a statement is generated for the account (e.g. monthly, quarterly). In all cases, if your accounts are not held at an approved firm, you must manually enter all Reportable Transactions in Star Compliance within 5 days of execution.
Consultants and temporary workers are generally not required to move or close Reportable Accounts.
26. | Within 30 calendar days of starting at Nuveen, seek approval to liquidate any securities held prior to starting at Nuveen that you do not wish to continue to hold. If you wish to liquidate securities that you held prior to joining Nuveen, seek approval by contacting the Nuveen Ethics Office within 30 calendar days of starting at Nuveen. If you do not liquidate securities during this time, you will generally forfeit this consideration for liquidation. |
WHEN OPENING ANY MANAGED ACCOUNT
27. | Get pre-approval for any new Managed Account before any trading activity commences and report the account within 10 calendar days of the date you or a Household Member opens the account or an account becomes a Reportable Account through marriage, cohabitation, divorce, death, or another event. Using the appropriate form which may be accessed in Star Compliance, provide representations that support the classification of the account as a Managed Account. For an account to be classified as a Managed Account, the account owner must have no direct or indirect influence or control over the securities in the account. The form must be signed by the accounts broker or investment manager and by all account owners. You may be asked periodically to confirm these representations or submit an updated form to confirm such. |
Note that upon request, you are also responsible for providing duplicate statements for the Managed Account to the Ethics Office.
WHEN OPENING ANY NEW REPORTABLE ACCOUNT
28. | Report any new Reportable Account, including Managed Accounts. Do this in Star Compliance within 10 calendar days of the date you or a Household member opens the account or an account becomes a Reportable Account through marriage, cohabitation, divorce, death, or another event. |
EVERY QUARTER
29. | Within 30 calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter, verify in Star Compliance that all Reportable Transactions made during that quarter have been reported. Star Compliance will display all transactions of yours for which it has received notice (except transactions in your TIAA pension and retirement plan accounts, which you are not required to report because the firm accesses this information directly). For any other Reportable Transactions not displayed, or displayed inaccurately, you are responsible for making any necessary revisions in Star Compliance prior to completing your certification. |
30. | For each Reportable Transaction, you must provide, as applicable, the transaction date, security name and type, ticker symbol or CUSIP, interest rate (coupon) and maturity date, number of shares, price at which the transaction was effected, principal amount (dollar value), the nature of the trade (buy or sell), and the name of the broker, dealer, or bank that effected the transaction. It is very important that you carefully review and verify the transactions and related details displayed in Star Compliance, checking for accuracy and completeness. Once again, if you find any errors or omissions, correct or add to your list of transactions in Star Compliance. |
Code of Ethics
|
|
Page 8 of 8
|
|
EVERY YEAR
31. | Within 45 calendar days of the end of each calendar year, acknowledge receipt of the most recent version of the Code and certify in Star Compliance as to your annual Reportable Security holdings and Reportable Accounts. |
The reporting must contain the information described in item 23 above, and include your certification that you have reported all Reportable Accounts, and all holdings in Reportable Securities at year end. You are responsible for ensuring that all of your Reportable Accounts have been accurately reported in Star Compliance. If any of your holdings in Reportable Securities are not displayed in Star Compliance or are displayed inaccurately, you are responsible for entering adjustments and trade confirms or making any necessary revisions in Star Compliance to complete your certification.
In addition, you must affirm each year through Star Compliance that each Managed Account is properly classified as a Managed Account, for yourself and on behalf of any Household Member. This separate certification does not require broker or investment manager involvement.
You also must acknowledge any amendments to the Code that occur during the course of the year.
ADDITIONAL RULES FOR SECTION 16 PERSONS
| Pre-clear transactions in all closed-end funds through Star Compliance. Any requests involving Nuveen closed-end funds will be reviewed by Legal. |
| Pre-clear buy/sell transactions involving any Nuveen closed-end funds within your Managed Account(s). |
| When selling for a gain any securities you buy that are issued by the entity of which you are a Section 16 Person, make sure it is at least 6 months after your most recent purchase of that security. This rule extends to any options or other transactions that may have the same effect as a purchase or sale, and is tested on a last-in- first-out basis. You may be required to surrender any gains realized through a violation of this rule. Note that for any fund of which you are a Section 16 Person, no exception from pre-clearance is available. |
| Promptly email to the appropriate contact in Legal the details of all executed transactions in Nuveen closed-end funds of which you are a Section 16 Person. |
| See the Nuveen Funds Section 16 Policy and Procedures for additional information. |
If you are unsure whether you are a Section 16 Person, contact Legal or the Nuveen Ethics Office.
CODE ADMINISTRATION
Training
You will be required to participate in training on the Code when joining Nuveen as well as periodically during the time you are subject to the Code.
Exceptions
The Code exists to prevent violations of law. The Nuveen Ethics Office may, under certain circumstances, grant waivers from a Code requirement. No waivers or exceptions that would violate any law will be granted.
Monitoring
The Nuveen Ethics Office is responsible for monitoring accounts, transactions, holdings and certifications for any violations of this Code.
Consequences of violation
Any individual who violates the Code is subject to penalty. Penalties could include, among other possibilities, a written warning, restriction of trading privileges, unwinding or reversing trades, disgorgement of trading profits, fines, and suspension or termination of employment.
Applicable rules
The Code has been adopted in recognition of Nuveens fiduciary obligations to clients and in accordance with various provisions of Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. This Code is also adopted by the Affiliated Funds advised by Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC and Teachers Advisors, LLC under Rule 17j-1.
Some elements of the Code also constitute part of Nuveens response to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) requirements that apply to registered personnel of Nuveen Securities, LLC.